EZConvert

User Guide
Version 6.2.24

The subtitling software that works for you

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

I EZConvert User Guide

Table of Contents
Part I Introducing EZConvert 1
What is EZConvert
.............................................................................................................................. 2
Main EZConvert Features
.............................................................................................................................. 3
Copyright and Distribution
.............................................................................................................................. 8
Part II Setting Up 9
Installing EZConvert
.............................................................................................................................. 11
Registering EZConvert
.............................................................................................................................. 12
Using..............................................................................................................................
EZConvert 13
Part III Configuring Project Settings 14
Project Settings
.............................................................................................................................. 16
Project Type and Mode ........................................................................................... 18
Safe Area ........................................................................................... 22
Fonts ........................................................................................... 25
Effects (Subtitle Presentation) ........................................................................................... 28
About DVD Subtitles
Rendering and Colors ......................................................................................................................... 30
Reading Speed Parameters ........................................................................................... 32
Cues ........................................................................................... 35
Presentation Style ........................................................................................... 36
Properties Preview
.............................................................................................................................. 40
Project Templates
.............................................................................................................................. 41
Framerate and Timecode Conversion
.............................................................................................................................. 44
Part IV EZConvert Environment 46
Workspace Elements
.............................................................................................................................. 48
Toolbar and Basic Menu Commands
.............................................................................................................................. 50
Import/Export Presets
.............................................................................................................................. 52
Customizing EZConvert
.............................................................................................................................. 54
Part V Working with Subtitle Files 56
Recut.............................................................................................................................. 58
Check Subtitles
.............................................................................................................................. 61
Fix Subtitles
.............................................................................................................................. 70
Find, ..............................................................................................................................
Replace and Go To 79
Find - Wildcards ........................................................................................... 82
Replace ........................................................................................... 85
Go To ........................................................................................... 86
Part VI Import Subtitles 87
Standard formats
.............................................................................................................................. 91
EBU Files ........................................................................................... 92
DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML Subtitles
........................................................................................... 94
DLP Cinema XML Files ........................................................................................... 95
Videotron Lambda Cap files ........................................................................................... 96

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Table of Contents II

WebVTT (.vtt) Files ........................................................................................... 97

MicroDVD (.sub) Files ........................................................................................... 98
SubRip (.srt) Files ........................................................................................... 99
Webcast - Media Player SAMI Files
........................................................................................... 101
Plain ASCII/Unicode Text...........................................................................................
Files 102
RTF/DOC Files ........................................................................................... 103
XLS and XLSX Excel Workbook Files
........................................................................................... 104
QuickTime Text Files ........................................................................................... 105
Custom Text Import ........................................................................................... 107
Extended Formats
.............................................................................................................................. 117
Compressed PAC Files (.PAC) ........................................................................................... 118
Unicode PAC files (.fpc) ........................................................................................... 119
Win2020 ASCII Files ........................................................................................... 120
890 Files ........................................................................................... 122
SubStation Alpha SSA/ASS Files
........................................................................................... 123
Swift Interchange (.sif) Files ........................................................................................... 124
Universal Subtitling Format (.usf)
........................................................................................... 125
DAS Files ........................................................................................... 126
Softitler TXT Files ........................................................................................... 128
SoftNI (.sub) Files ........................................................................................... 130
Avid DS Nitris Files ........................................................................................... 132
SUB Files ........................................................................................... 134
OVR Files ........................................................................................... 135
VDPC Files ........................................................................................... 137
Timed Text formats
.............................................................................................................................. 138
TTML ver.1/ TTML ver.2 ........................................................................................... 139
IMSC ver.1/IMSC ver. 1.1........................................................................................... 141
EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT,...........................................................................................
EBU-TT-D) XML files 142
SMPTE-TT Subtitels (.xml) ........................................................................................... 143
Netflix Timed Text (NFLX)...........................................................................................
DFXP Files 144
Apple iTunes Timed Text...........................................................................................
(.itt) 145
Import Disney IMSC 1.1 ........................................................................................... 146
OOYALA Timed Text ........................................................................................... 147
NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml) ........................................................................................... 148
Paramount Pictures TTML........................................................................................... 149
Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text...........................................................................................
(*.imscr) 150
DVD/NLE Authoring formats
.............................................................................................................................. 151
Final Cut Pro XML Files ........................................................................................... 152
Apple DVD Studio Pro and Spruce STL Text Script
........................................................................................... 153
Adobe Encore DVD Script........................................................................................... 155
Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script
........................................................................................... 157
Roxio DVDIt Pro Subtitle Script
........................................................................................... 159
Part VII Export Subtitles 160
Standard formats
.............................................................................................................................. 163
EBU(.STL) Files ........................................................................................... 164
EBU for ARTE Files ........................................................................................... 168
DLP Cinema XML Files ........................................................................................... 171
DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML Subtitles
........................................................................................... 176
WebVTT (.vtt) Files ........................................................................................... 182
Videotron Lambda (.cap)...........................................................................................
Files 185

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

III EZConvert User Guide

SubRip (.srt) Files ........................................................................................... 186

MicroDVD (.sub) Files ........................................................................................... 189
Webcast - Media Player SAMI Files
........................................................................................... 191
Plain ASCII/Unicode Text...........................................................................................
Files 194
RTF/DOC ........................................................................................... 197
Excel XLS and XLSX Workbook Files
........................................................................................... 200
QuickTime Text ........................................................................................... 202
Custom Text Export ........................................................................................... 204
Plain Text and
RTF/DOC/DOCX ......................................................................................................................... 211
RTF/DOC/DOCX w ith
tables and Excel Table ......................................................................................................................... 213
Extended formats
.............................................................................................................................. 217
Compressed PAC Files (.PAC) ........................................................................................... 218
890 Files ........................................................................................... 219
Unicode PAC files (.fpc) ........................................................................................... 222
Win2020 ASCII Files ........................................................................................... 223
SubStation Alpha SSA/ASS Files
........................................................................................... 225
Swift Interchange (.sif) Files ........................................................................................... 228
Universal Subtitling Format (.usf)
........................................................................................... 229
DAS Files ........................................................................................... 233
Softitler TXT Files ........................................................................................... 235
Export SoftNI (.sub) Files........................................................................................... 237
Avid DS Nitrils Files ........................................................................................... 239
OVR Files ........................................................................................... 241
SUB Files ........................................................................................... 243
Timed Text Formats
.............................................................................................................................. 244
TTML1/TTML2 ........................................................................................... 245
TTML ver. 1 ......................................................................................................................... 245
TTML ver. 2 ......................................................................................................................... 248
IMSC1/IMSC1.1 files ........................................................................................... 252
IMSC v.1 ......................................................................................................................... 252
IMSC v.1.1 ......................................................................................................................... 256
EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT,...........................................................................................
EBU-TT-D) XML files 260
SMPTE-TT Subtitels (.xml)
........................................................................................... 267
SMPTE-TT Text Only
Subtitles ......................................................................................................................... 267
SMPTE-TT Image Based
Subtitles ......................................................................................................................... 271
Netflix Timed Text (NFLX-TT) DFXP Files
........................................................................................... 274
Apple iTunes Timed Text...........................................................................................
(.itt) 277
Disney IMSC 1.1 ........................................................................................... 279
OOYALA Timed Text ........................................................................................... 282
NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml) ........................................................................................... 285
Paramount Pictures TTML........................................................................................... 287
Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text...........................................................................................
(*.imscr) 288
DVD/NLE authoring formats
.............................................................................................................................. 289
Final Cut Pro XML Files ........................................................................................... 290
Apple DVD Studio Pro and Spruce STL Text Script
........................................................................................... 294
Adobe Encore DVD Text Script
........................................................................................... 296
Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script
........................................................................................... 298
Roxio DVDit Pro Script ........................................................................................... 300

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Table of Contents IV

Part VIII Export DVB Subtitles 301

Part IX Export DVD Images 306
Predefined Authoring Systems
.............................................................................................................................. 309
NONE/HD/NLE and Custom 4 Color Systems
.............................................................................................................................. 313
Part X Closed Captions 318
Project Settings
.............................................................................................................................. 320
Working in Closed Captions Mode
.............................................................................................................................. 325
Check Closed Captions
.............................................................................................................................. 326
Import/Export Closed Captions
.............................................................................................................................. 327
MacCaption Project Files ...........................................................................................
(.cca) 332
MCC Captions ........................................................................................... 333
SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions (.xml)
........................................................................................... 337
Ultech captions (.ult) ........................................................................................... 340
Part XI Batch conversions and automation 342
Metadata pass-through
.............................................................................................................................. 344
Frame Rate and Timecode ........................................................................................... 345
Language ........................................................................................... 347
Translation Metadata ........................................................................................... 349
Watch Folder Mode
.............................................................................................................................. 353
Toolbar and Menus ........................................................................................... 355
Watch Folder Settings ........................................................................................... 358
Watch Folder Management ........................................................................................... 360
Configuring Watch Folder........................................................................................... 362
General ......................................................................................................................... 363
Output Settings ......................................................................................................................... 369
Timecode Convert and
Recut ......................................................................................................................... 370
Text Replace ......................................................................................................................... 374
Fix Subtitles ......................................................................................................................... 376
Zero Subtitle ......................................................................................................................... 377
Quality Control ......................................................................................................................... 378
Post Convert Events ......................................................................................................................... 379
User Notes ......................................................................................................................... 381
Notifications ......................................................................................................................... 381
Workflow ........................................................................................... 384
Configuring Workflow s ......................................................................................................................... 385
Backup and Migration ........................................................................................... 388
Change Source folders ......................................................................................................................... 388
Change Destination
Folders ......................................................................................................................... 389
Change Root Folders ......................................................................................................................... 391
Backup of Watch Folders
and Workflow s ......................................................................................................................... 392
Restore and migration of
Watch Folders and
Workflow s ......................................................................................................................... 393
Command Line Conversion Tool
.............................................................................................................................. 396
Command Line Parameters ........................................................................................... 397
Input and Output configuration ........................................................................................... 402
Usage and Examples ........................................................................................... 408

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

V EZConvert User Guide

Config Editor ........................................................................................... 411

Part XII Secondary Subtitle Track 414
Part XIII About subtitles in East Asian languages 418
Part XIV Appendix A. ASCII File Format used by
EZConvert 424

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part I.
Introducing EZConvert
2 EZConvert User Guide

1.1. What is EZConvert

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing EZConvert.
The better you are acquainted with your software, the easier it will be to work with it. So
please take the time to read this manual and familiarize yourself with the information
that we have complied for you before starting off with your new powerful subtitle
conversation tool.
This manual contains important data and instructions intended to assist you in gaining
maximum usage benefits and satisfaction from your EZConvert's unique and innumerous
range of technical features and capabilities.
EZConvert was designed to bring utmost satisfaction to every need a subtitler may have.
It is a fast and accurate subtitle conversation software that supports a variety of subtitle
formats and DVD, BluRay and HD-DVD authoring systems.
The ultimate build-in WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) subtlitle preview
system will help you visualize what the converted subtitles will look like, before you even
actually convert them.
With the additional Watch Folder option added to your EZConvert software you will
enhance and automate the conversion process as much as possible! Just do a simple set
up and our software will do the job on its own notifying you only if an issue appears.
The command-line version of EZConvert allows batch conversion of single or multiple
files using wildcards in specifying the file names. This version can also be used in batch
scripts, scheduled events, etc.

We wish you an enjoyable conversion experience.

EZConvert Team

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part I. Introducing EZConvert 3

1.2. Main EZConvert Features

EZConvert 6 License Editions

EZConvert EZConvert Professional
Standard formats
Extended formats
Timed Text Formats YES YES
Closed Captions
DVD (HD) Options
DVB Subtitles Export
Watch Folder
Command Line Utility NO YES
Site License

YES - Indicates that this particular edition can import and export these file formats.
NO - Indicates that this particular edition can not import and export these file formats.
Command Line utility - Is available as an additional purchasable option for all editions
except EZConvert PRO. More information about it can be found in the EZConvert
Command Line Parameters topic.
Watch Folder - Is an additional tool for EZConvert which continuously monitors a folder
for new files and when a new file arrives it triggers the file's conversion into a format you
have specified. More information can be found in the Watch Folder Mode topic.

Standard Files Support

These are the subtitle file formats that are common for all EZConvert license editions:
§ EZT and EZTXML

§ EBU (.STL)

§ EBU (.STL) for Arte

§ Windows Media Player SAMI

§ Plain ASCII text

§ Rich Text Format (.RTF)

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

4 EZConvert User Guide

§ Excel XLS and XLSX Workbook

§ DLP Cinema™ Subtitle XML

§ DCDM (Digital Cinema Distribution Master)SMPTE 428-7-2007 XML Subtitles and Images

§ QuickTime Text and .SMIL files

§ WebVTT (.vtt) files

§ Videotron Lambda Cap (.cap) files

§ SubRip (.srt) files

§ MicroDVD (.sub) files

§ Custom Text Format

Extended Files Support

The Extended Files package includes additional support for the following subtitle
formats:
§ Compressed PAC (.pac)

§ 890

§ Unicode PAC (.fpc)

§ Win2020 text files (.txt)

§ DAS

§ Softitler Text (.txt)

§ SoftNI (.sub)

§ Avid DS Nitris

§ Swift Interchange (.sif)

§ Universal Subtitle Format (.usf)

§ Substation Alpha (SSA/ASS)

§ OVR

§ SUB

Timed Text Formats

EZConvert currently supports the following timed-text based subtitle formats:

§ Timed Text XML (DFXP) - TTML ver.1 and TTML ver. 2

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part I. Introducing EZConvert 5

§ IMSC1 and IMSC 1.1 Timed Text XML

§ EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT and EBU-TT-D)

§ SMPTE-TT Subtitles (.xml)

§ Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)

§ Disney IMSC 1.1 Timed Text

§ Netflix Timed Text (NFLX-TT)

§ Ooyala Timed Text XML

§ EBU-TT and EBU-TT-D for BBC

§ NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)

§ Paramount Pictures TTML

§ Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (.imscr)

Closed Captions File Formats

§ Scenarist Closed Caption Format (SCC)

§ CPC-715 Online Caption Format (.onl)

§ MacCaption Project Files (.cca) (supported only for import)

§ Captions Inc. Files (.cin)

§ Cheetah CAP

§ Cheetah ASC

§ NCI CAP

§ NCI Timed Roll Up Captions (.flc)

§ ProCap Captions (.txt)

§ Ultech ULT Captions

§ TDS

§ ECF

§ MCC CEA-708 Captions (.MCC)

§ SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions (.XML)

§ Crackle 1.1 compliant SMPTE-TT

§ CFF-TT

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

6 EZConvert User Guide

DVD and HD options

The DVD and HD package provides support for some of the most widely used DVD, Blu-
ray, HD-DVD authoring systems and NLE systems. With this feature added to your
EZConvert you will be able to output Standard and High Definition images used by the
following authoring systems:
§ Sonic Scenarist

§ Sonic Scenarist HDVM Authoring

§ Sonic Scenarist Advanced Content

§ Sonic Reel DVD

§ Spruce DVD Maestro

§ Adobe Encore DVD

§ Apple DVD Studio Pro

§ Final Cut Pro XML Interchange Format

§ DoStudio Authoring Suite

§ Pinnacle Impression DVD

§ Panasonic Blu-Ray Authoring SPI

§ Toshiba Authoring System

§ Ultech DV2000/DV3000

In addition to the Standard or High Definition images, you can export the following text
scripts as well:
§ Adobe Encore DVD

§ Apple DVD Studio Pro

§ Final Cut Pro XML Interchange Format

§ Spruce STL text script

§ Sonny DVD Architect subtitle script

§ Roxio DVDIt Pro subtitle script

DVB Subtitles

The DVB option package enables output of DVB subtitles stream compliant with the ETSI
EN 300 743 standard which defines the methods by which subtitles, logos and graphical

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part I. Introducing EZConvert 7

elements may be encoded and carried in DVB streams. The output is optimized to satisfy
the specific DVB subtitle stream requirements of ProMedia Carbon transcoding engine
and Manzanita MP2TSME multiplexer or FFMPEG and allows Generic DVB
Elementary Stream to be created. More information could be found in the dedicated
Export DVB Subtitles topic.
Note: EZConvert is not capable of encoding the DVB subtitles stream into the program
stream of digital material on its own for now.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

8 EZConvert User Guide

1.3. Copyright and Distribution

All rights of the EZConvert product belong to EZTitles Development Studio Ltd. By buying
it, you obtain the right to use it on a single computer only. You are not allowed to use
your EZConvert copy on more than one computer at a time, unless you have been given
special permission by EZTitles Development Studio Ltd to do so.
Making copies of the product or certain parts of it is permitted for backup purposes only.
You are given no permission to modify, change, adapt, translate, disassemble, decompile
or create secondary products based on the original one.
Distribution of EZConvert or granting user rights to third parties is strictly forbidden,
unless you have been granted special rights by EZTitles Development Studio Ltd to do so.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part II.
Setting Up
10 EZConvert User Guide

Installing EZConvert
Registering EZConvert

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part II. Setting Up 11

2.1. Installing EZConvert

Installing EZConvert is pretty easy. You just have to click the Next button after you’ve
fulfilled the instructions on every page of the wizard. So we will focus only on the pages
where you will be asked to make a decision.
Eventually you will come across the following dialog:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

12 EZConvert User Guide

2.2. Registering EZConvert

Once you've installed EZConvert and went through the license activation, you can verify
if all the features have been successfully registered by starting EZConvert and checking
the Help/About menu.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part II. Setting Up 13

2.3. Using EZConvert

Before submerging deep in this manual and getting to know how you shall correctly use
each function you should be generally informed of the principle EZConvert works.
It is generally intended to convert subtitle files between different formats and make the
process a breeze instead of a chore.
It has multiple automatons to help you in your tasks and can also apply some changes
and adjustments to the subtitles to match the requirements for each specific export.

First of all, to start EZConvert go to Start/Programs/EZTitles Development

Studio/EZConvert.
If during the installation you have chosen to create a desktop icon or a quick launch
shortcut, you can start EZConvert from there as well.

Basically, when you open EZConvert you shall do the following routine.
1. Choose the Project Type you'll be working on. How to properly do that is explained
with the Project Settings topics.
2. Then choose the input file. You may have to make some adjustments here and there in
this process. For further details you should check the Import Subtitles topics.
3. Apply the necessary changes if any. The options are thoroughly explained with the
Working with Subtitle Files topic.
4. And finally choose the appropriate format you'd like to export into. You may have to
make some adjustments here and there in the process. For further details you should
check the Export Subtitles topics.

If you have purchased the additional Watch Folder option for your software it follows the
same patterns but in fully automated way.
You just have to teach the Watch Folder what to do and the software will work in the
background with great efficiency. You may learn more on that by reviewing the Watch
Folder Mode and Workflow topics.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part III.
Configuring Project Settings
 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 15

Properties preview
Project Settings
Project Type and Mode
Safe Area
Fonts
Effects
Reading Speed parameters
Cues
Project Templates
Framerate and Timecode conversion

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

16 EZConvert User Guide

3.1. Project Settings

When EZConvert is started for the first time, the Project Settings dialog is displayed on
top. Here you can initialize various settings in accordance to the job you'd like to do.
It is recommended that you have the correct settings before importing your file. There is
no specific rules for that but in general your settings should meet the output
requirements.
For example if you are going to export a Closed Captions file you should set the project
type to Closed Captions.
If you don't want the Project Settings window to be opened every time the program is
started you can switch it off from the "Show on startup" check box.

Later you can summon the project settings at any time by using the button on the
toolbar.
The Project Settings window contains several pages. Following is a brief description of
them:

General project parameters like the project type, video

Type standard, time code format, mode of operation (Native,
PAC, 890), etc..

Adjust the Safe Area boundaries to fit your project

Safe Area requirements. They are also used as margins when image
export is required.

Select the font you are going to use and some other
Fonts parameters like size, boldness, horizontal scale factor,
spacing, etc.

Select additional effects like box and outline colors, opacity,

Effects anti-aliasing, etc. The Effects page is only available for
Open/Native or Digital Cinema projects.

From here you can change the reading speed calculation

Reading Speed
method and adjust its parameters.

Set up values for minimum, maximum duration and

Cues
minimum interval between subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 17

Select the global presentation style you want for the

Presentation Style
subtitles - boxed, striped, outlined, etc.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

18 EZConvert User Guide

3.1.1. Project Type and Mode

The Type page is divided into four subsections: Project Type, Mode, Video Format and
Timecode Format.

Project Type

Here you can choose whether you will work with Open/DVD, Digital Cinema, Teletext
subtitles or Closed Captions. The other properties pages will change accordingly to your
choice here.

Open subtitles Open subtitles are integrated into the TV picture at the TV
station before the TV signal is broadcasted. This allows the
viewers to see subtitles without a special decoder on their TV
sets. However, this method allows broadcasting subtitles in
just a single language simultaneously.
DVD / BD (Blu-ray) The subtitles on DVD and Blu-ray discs are not burnt in the
subtitles picture instead they are usually recorded on the disc as
compressed images with transparency.
The DVD/Blu-ray player reads the subtitles from the disc and
overlays them on the picture using transparent background.
You can have subtitles in many different languages on a single
disc.
Subtitles for Digital Subtitles for Digital Cinema must follow a specific set of rules
Cinema and standards accepted and enforced by the motion pictures
community. The Digital Cinema mode fully complies with the
existing standards and most of the parameters will
automatically be used by the DLP Cinema XML and SMPTE
export options during the subtitles export. We strongly
recommend you to always switch to Digital Cinema mode
when you need to deliver your files as subtitles for Digital
Cinema.
Teletext subtitles Teletext subtitles are transmitted as teletext data in the
hidden part of the TV transmission. The teletext subtitle data
is decoded by the teletext decoder in the TV set and then
displayed on the screen. Each viewer may decide whether or
not he wants to see it. If the viewer wants to read the
subtitles, he simply needs to select his language specific
subtitle page on the teletext decoder. This method of subtitle
transmission is used in Europe.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 19

Closed Captions Closed Captions are broadcasted in the invisible part of the TV
transmission and the TV set decodes and displays the
subtitles. Closed captions are used in North America.

Mode

From here you can choose the Mode of Operation of EZConvert.

Native Mode
Native Mode is for creating DVD/Blu-ray Subtitles, Native Teletext (EBU) subtitles or can
be used when compatibility with PAC or 890 subtitle files is not important to you. You
can select PAC Compatibility Mode if you want to be sure that the opened (imported)
subtitles are compatible with the PAC subtitle files standard. 890 Compatibility Mode
works exactly the same way. Here, just as with Project Type, when you select a mode
certain pages will change accordingly to match the choice you have made.
When you choose Native mode you must select the DVD authoring system for which the
subtitles will be exported (see Export DVD Images) and the desired resolution, aspect
ratio, frame rate and TimeCode format (see Video Format below).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

20 EZConvert User Guide

Project Properties – DVD Authoring System (Native mode only)

NONE/HD/NLE authoring system is intended for creation of full-color images with alpha
transparency. Choose this system if you want to export EDL, images for BluRay or HD-
DVD with custom script layout, etc.
When EZConvert is running in Open/Native mode you could use the Charset option when
preparing subtitles for certain providers and companies. Just select a provider (ARTE,
Netflix, Disney or EBU STL) and language/ character code table and EZConvert will
instantly scan the text for any characters not supported by the selected provider or for
that particular language. If there are any they will be displayed as unprintable characters,
indicated by " ".
More information is available here.

PAC/890 modes
PAC/890 modes are intended as presentation compliant mode which takes into account
all the specifics related to the presentation of PAC or 890 subtitle files.
We strongly recommend to work in PAC/890 mode when you need to deliver your
subtitles in the PAC or 890 formats.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 21

The very first and important step of setting the conversion options is to choose language
for each of the two presentation fonts. Otherwise your subtitles may not be exported
and presented correctly.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

22 EZConvert User Guide

3.1.2. Safe Area

Safe Area

Contents

Maximum characters per may vary between 0 and 100 and entering "0" also means that
there will not be a limit for the number of characters entered on a line.You can also
choose different values for Horizontal and Vertical subtitles, the vertical limit applies to
vertically oriented subtitles typically used in Japanese, Chinese and Korean.
Count half-width symbols as 0.5 - This option is intended primarily for use when working
with subtitle files in Japanese and by turning it on will make EZTitles counts each half-
width character as 0.5. Most non Japanese or Chinese characters, like those from the
Latin based scripts for example, are considered as half-width and we strongly suggest to
leave this option turned off in case you are working with subtitles in other than Japanese
language.
If there are subtitle lines which exceeds the max. number of characters per row, a
notification ( ) will be displayed for that subtitle on the Preview List.
In this case you may consider contacting your vendor to fix this issue.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 23

Safe Area settings in Native and Digital Cinema modes

Margins
The margins are measured from the edges of the picture. For Open projects the safe area
margins are typically expressed in pixels although if you find it more convenient you can
change them to percentage instead.
In both cases, however, you'll be able to see their respective value in the other units as
well. For example, entering a pixel value will also result in displaying as percentage right
next to the respective margin.
For Digital Cinema mode the units are switched automatically to percent as they are
typically measured in this way in the specifications and requirements.
The settings here are used both to control the text placement and check if the text is
inside the specified area.
The Defaults button brings back the default values for current video resolution which are
10% from the edges.
Note: For Teletext projects the Safe Area will not be available because for Teletext
subtitles it is only defined by the maximum number of characters which could be
inserted on each text line.

Row interval / Line Spacing

Controls the space between the text lines. It can be specified in two ways illustrated with
the next pictures:
Row Interval Line Spacing

Usually a few pixels. Specify 0 or a Too small value will overlap the text
negative number to bring the text lines lines.
closer together.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

24 EZConvert User Guide

Bottom align position

This parameter affects only the subtitles with bottom vertical alignment.
Below Baseline and Over Baseline options are used with letterboxed video when the
text should be positioned in the black stripes in certain way.
Above Safe Area Bottom is used for regular bottom aligned text. This is the default
value.
Below Baseline - The text appears below the baseline as illustrated with the two pictures
below:

The position of the baseline (yellow line) can be adjusted.

Over Baseline
Subtitles with a single line of text appear bellow the baseline.
For subtitles with two text lines the higher one appears above the baseline and the lower
one - bellow the baseline:

The position of the baseline (yellow line) can be adjusted.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 25

3.1.3. Fonts

In accordance with the selected mode (see Project Properties) the fonts page layout
could be different. The possible variations are explained below:

Native Mode Fonts

Project Properties – Fonts Page (Native mode)

Here you can select the two fonts that will be used for the DVD subtitles rendering and
their properties. Note that usually for DVD subtitles non-serif typeface is preferred (e.g.
Arial or Tahoma).
Along with font boldness and size you can set some additional properties, like spacing
and horizontal scaling.
Spacing (defined in pixels, ranging from –16.0 to +16.0) specifies the additional space left
between the characters – when its value is negative characters are drawn closer to each
other. In case of a positive value characters are drawn further apart from one another.
Horizontal Scale (defined in percent, ranging from +50 to +150) specifies horizontal
characters deformation – values lower than 100 will shrink and higher than 100 will
expand the character width.
Right to Left - click this checkbox if you are working in Arabic, Hebrew or Persian. You can
configure one of the fonts to be right-to-left and thus having subtitles with both left-to-
right and right-to-left lines.
Asian Text Font option enables the program to display Asian and non Asian text with
different font when they are inserted on the same line. The text displayed with the Asian
dedicated font have the same size as the regular font.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

26 EZConvert User Guide

Note: Please mind that the Asian Text Font option will be correctly preserved when the
subtitles are saved in the native .EZT format or exported as Images for DVD/Blu-ray. All
other file formats does not support such feature.

Digital Cinema mode Fonts

When you set up a Digital Cinema project the Fonts related settings will change
accordingly to comply with the respective requirements.

The settings look almost the same with the exception of the measurement units for the
font height and spacing.
The font height is measured in points. The screen is considered 11 inch height and every
inch has 72 points.
The spacing is measured in em. 1 em is equivalent to the current font size and 0.5 em is
equivalent to half the current font size.
Note: All the settings specified in the Fonts menu will be directly taken into account and
used when exporting DC compliant subtitle file: DLP Cinema Subtitle XML and DCDM
(SMPTE 428-7-207) XML.

PAC/890 Mode Fonts

The Spacing and Horizontal Scale options are disabled in PAC and 890 modes to avoid
further confusion as they would only impact text's presentation in EZConvert and will
have no effect to the output PAC/890 file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 27

The Right to Left option will be set automatically when the selected PAC or 890
Language is set to Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

28 EZConvert User Guide

3.1.4. Effects (Subtitle Presentation)

Project Properties – Effects Page (Native mode)

All of the available options are divided into 3 sub categories as follows. It is highly
recommended to turn on Properties Preview in order to have an instant view of the
subtitle effects.

Box

Boxed subtitles appearance is controlled from here. The following parameters can be
specified:
Left, Right, Top and Bottom extends - how many pixels the box will be expanded with
in the corresponding direction. For PAL/NTSC resolution the defaults are left: 18 pixels,
right: 18 pixels, top and bottom are 0 pixels.
Color option specifies the color of the box. The default color is black.
Opacity option is applied for Ghost boxed, Ghost striped and Ghost block-boxed
subtitles. Larger values make the box less transparent. The default is '35%'.
More information about subtitles presentation styles is available HERE.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 29

Outline and Shadow

Outline
When enabled, an outline (or border) will be drawn around the characters with width
and color specified by you. Width values range from 0 to 8 (default is 2) even though
reasonable values are from 1 to 3. However, you can try other values as well to find the
one that better suit your needs depending on the current font and size.
Note: Outline opacity different than 100% can be preserved and exported by the
following subtitling formats: DLP Cinema XML (both script and images), DCDM (SMPTE
428-7) (both script and images), TTML1 and TTML2, IMSC1, SMPTE-TT (Image Profile),
OOYALA Timed Text, DVB Subtitles and all image based exports for Blu-ray/DVD that
supports opacity: BMP 32bit, TIFF 32bit, PNG 8bit and PNG 32bit.

Shadow
When enabled, drop-shadow will draw a shadow of the characters in a selected color and
defined offset relative to the original character's position. Both X Offset and Y Offset
settings accept values from -8 to 8. Changing shadow's Opacity or enabling the Soft
shadow option may result into more pleasantly looking results.
Easy way to disable the drop-shadow effect is by entering zero pixels in both fields or by
changing its opacity to 0%. Negative Y Offset values mean the shadow will be drawn
above the original character's position. Giving positive Y Offset values will draw a shadow
below the original position.
X Offset acts similarly, where negative values will set the shadow before and positive will
set the shadow after the original character's position. You can combine negative and
positive values for the X and Y Offsets to achieve the desired results.
Note: If the project needs to be exported as images for 4 Colors system, it may happen
that the Shadow will be exported with the same color as the Outline effect. This is result
of the implied limitation of the 4 Colors systems, you may refer to the About DVD
Subtitles Rendering and Colors topic for more details.
More information about subtitles presentation styles is available HERE.

Default Text Color/Anti-aliasing

Default Text Color is used for the display of subtitles which doesn't have any color
information applied. To change the colors for all subtitles in the file you may use the

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

30 EZConvert User Guide

respective options available when exporting subtitles or the Foreground and Background
options from Project Settings->Presentation Style.
When the Anti-aliasing option is turned on, an anti-aliasing algorithm is applied to the
drawn text, which smooths the edges of the characters.

Standard (4 colors) DVD Authoring Systems

The standard DVDs use four colors to display the subtitles. Usually one color is assigned
for the transparent background, second for the character and third for the outline. The
remaining color can be used for the anti-aliasing.
The anti-aliasing color can be selected from a list and its value must be closer to the
outline/shadow or box color (if any of these options are turned on). The color selection
box is visible only when standard 4 colors DVD authoring system is selected.
There are five anti-aliasing algorithms implemented for standard DVD authoring:

Inner Normal Sharp Applies anti-aliasing between the text and the outline
effect. Produces contrast and clear characters with the
effect applied only where it is needed, mostly to the
rounded parts of the symbols.
Inner Normal Smooth Applies anti-aliasing between the text and the outline
effect.
Inner One-pixel Applies 1px outline with anti-aliasing color between the
character and the outline.
Outer Normal Applies between the outline and the background colors.
Outer One-pixel Applies 1px outline with anti-aliasing color between the
outline and the background.

3.1.4.1 About DVD Subtitles Rendering and Colors

The following notes are applied for classic DVD authoring with 4 colors. BluRay and HD-
DVD systems may have more colors and there is no restriction about the effects.
DVD authoring systems accept subtitles as rendered images prepared in Windows
bitmap files (with a .BMP extension), TIFF files (with a .tif extension) or PNG files. These
images, however must obey some rules and one of the most important is that they
cannot have more than 3 colors (actually 4 colors are allowed but one of them is used as
a transparent background so the possible number of colors is reduced by one).
Hence when specifying DVD subtitles presentation style you will face some restrictions.
For example you cannot have box, outline/shadow and anti-aliasing all together.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 31

EZConvert will react to your choices, disabling one of these options when you select
another (for example when you select some kind of box and you have selected
outline/shadow, anti-aliasing will be disabled).
Also every DVD authoring system has its own default color palette from which you can
choose the colors for the different effect components. The color lists are updated
automatically when you change the DVD authoring system – Project Type and Mode. The
color palette used can be modified when exporting images for that system. For more
details, please check the dedicated Color Palette section in the Predefined Authoring
Systems topic.
If you have check marked the Properties Preview the subtitles will look a little squared
at first sight. That is so because it’s not possible to perform a full anti-aliasing (like those
in games and multi-media applications) with only one color. But the quality produced is
good enough for the TV viewers, because a regular TV has much lower resolution than a
computer display.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

32 EZConvert User Guide

3.1.5. Reading Speed Parameters

Measurement Method

In this subsection you can adjust the reading speed parameters, as well as change the
reading speed measurement method – by choosing between Characters per Second (cps)
and Words per Minute (wpm).
Count Spaces - includes any white space character (regular space, tab, ideographic space,
etc) as well as the full-width low line (U+FF3F) character in the reading speed calculation.
Count half width characters as 0.5 - This option is intended primarily for use when
working with subtitle files in Japanese and by turning it on will make EZTitles counts each
half-width character as 0.5 due to the typically low reading speed settings for these
languages. We strongly suggest to leave this option turned off in case you are working
with subtitles in other than Japanese language.
Count punctuation - This is yet another option intended for use with subtitles in
Japanese. It is turned on by default and will count any punctuation marks towards the
reading speed limits. If you don't need punctuation to be included in reading speed
calculations then you need to turn it off.
Progressive reading speed

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 33

When the option is selected the reading speed increases along with the number of
characters. The intersection point is the time when the reading speed calculated by both,
progressive and non-progressive, methods is the same. The adjustment is the strength of
the progressive calculation. The progressive method of calculation is available for
Characters per Second (cps) only. Progressive reading speed is slower before reaching the
intersection point and faster after that. The idea is that the human brain needs quite a
bit of time to get used to the subtitle just shown on screen and once it's there the viewer
can read faster.

Note: please mind that the progressive adjustment is limited to 80% of the value
intersection point.

Representation

The Reading Speed can be calculated in two ways.

Duration - This is the default value and EZConvert will calculate the required subtitle
duration according to the CPS or WPM parameters and will compare the result with the
actual duration.
Character Count - EZConvert will take the subtitles duration and will calculate the
optimal number of characters it may contain, depending on the current CPS or WPM
setting.
After that the result will be compared to the actual text length.

Checks limits

Checks limits are used in subtitle verification (see Checks). Limits can be set as
Percentage from the ideal reading speed or expressed as exact CPS or WPM values,
depending on how the reading speed is calculated - as Characters per Second or Words
per Minute. By default, limits are set to 90% and 110%.
Subtitles identified as Below reading speed indicate that the viewer may not be able to
read the whole subtitle comfortably, while those identified as Above reading speed
indicate that they stay on screen presumably longer than required.

Please mind that according to the selected Representation option subtitles indicated this
way may bring different information:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

34 EZConvert User Guide

§ When Duration is selected it means that the subtitle’s

duration is lesser than the Lower Limit of the optimal
duration as calculated according to the RS parameters.
Below Reading Speed
§ When Character count is selected this means that the
subtitle contains more characters than the Upper Limit
of the calculated optimal text length.
§ When Duration is selected it means that the subtitle’s
duration is greater than the Upper Limit of the optimal
duration as calculated according to the RS parameters.
Above Reading Speed
§ When Character count is selected this means that the
subtitle contains less characters than the Lower Limit of
the calculated optimal text length.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 35

3.1.6. Cues

Intervals

This subsection specifies the minimum interval between two subtitles. This is the lowest
number of frames allowed between two subtitles.
This parameter is very important. It is used by the Check Subtitles and Fix Subtitles
commands: Fix Empty Out-Cues, Fix Intervals and Fix Minimum/Maximum Duration.

Durations

Minimum Duration - the min. duration in frames for a subtitle. If you have subtitles
shorter than the min. duration the Checks option will report a warning.
Maximum Duration - the max. subtitle duration in frames. If you have subtitles longer
than the max. duration the Checks option will report a warning.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

36 EZConvert User Guide

3.1.7. Presentation Style

Placement options

The options below control text's horizontal and vertical position of both horizontal and
vertical subtitles. Alignment and placement of horizontal and vertical subtitles is
controlled separately using different options. Selecting the NO CHANGE option would
leave the original positioning as is in the input file.

Alignmen Changes text's horizontal alignment to Left, Center, Center-Left or Right

t aligned. Applies only to horizontally oriented subtitles.
Changes text's alignment in vertical subtitles only. The options available
Vertical
are Start (from the top of the screen), Center, Center-Left (positioned in
Text
the center but justified to the top according the longest text line) and End
Alignmen
(to the bottom of the screen). The recommend position for vertical
t
subtitles is Start but this may vary from company to company.
Vertical Changes text's vertical position on the screen to the Top or Bottom.
Position Applies only to horizontally oriented subtitles.
Changes placement of vertically oriented subtitles - to the Left or Right of
Vertical
of the screen. The recommend position is on the Left.
Text

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 37

Position
Automatically changes the alignment to center-left of center aligned
subtitles containing dialogue: the subtitle remains aligned to the center
Auto but its lines are now justified to the left.
Center-
Only subtitles with lines starting with "-" or "–" are considered as
Left
containing dialogue.
alignmen
t Right-to-Left languages: Text will be displayed as "center-right"
aligned following the writing direction which in this case is from right to
left.
Text Can be used to switch subtitles orientation from Horizontal to Vertical or
Direction vice versa.
The following few options can be used only when changing text's
orientation, i.e. Text Direction is configured as Horizontal or Vertical.
Convert Arabic digits to full-width - automatically converts all digits to
full-width characters which is one of accepted ways to display digits
and numbers in vertical subtitles.
Group Arabic digits horizontally - automatically creates Horizontal
Groups for numbers containing up to the specified number of digits in
them.
Convert Double Prime Quotation Mark to Low Double Prime
Quotation Mark - Automatically converts the Double Prime Quotation
Mark inserted at the end of the quotation, i.e. the one that closes the
quotation, to "Low Double Prime Quotation Mark" (U+301F) when
changing subtitles orientation from horizontal to vertical.
The "Low double prime quotation" is required by the delivery
guidelines for subtitles in Japanese of some service providers, namely
Netflix and Disney+.

For more information about Vertical Text, Horizontal Groups and display
of digits/numbers in vertical subtitles, please refer to the dedicated About
subtitles in East Asian languages topic.

Fonts

EZConvert can operate with 2 different fonts (Properties/Fonts) and you can select which
one to use during the conversion process. If you leave this to No Change, EZConvert will
either use the font specified in the file or will use Font 1 as default.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

38 EZConvert User Guide

Colors

The Foreground and Background colors options can be used to change the colors of all
subtitles in the loaded file.
Some of the traditional formats like 890 and PAC can preserve both foreground and
background colors while other like SRT support only foreground. On top of that there are
other formats that are typically exported when EZTitles is working in Open/Native or
Digital Cinema mode (WebVTT , the different types of Timed Text based file) that can
replicate the two of them.
Background ground is typically associated with PAC, 890 and Teletext subtitles but it can
also be viewed and displayed in Open/Native or Digital Cinema modes. For that the No
Change or specific color, if the background color needs to be changed, is selected from
the respective drop-down. This may help when converting some of the more traditional
subtitling formats (EBU STL, PAC, 890, etc) and to other formats.
Background color can be exported automatically in the following formats: PAC, Unicode
PAC, 890, EBU STL (Teletext lvl1 and lvl2), WebVTT, TTTML1/TTML2, IMSC1/IMSC 1.1,
EBU-TT v1.0 and EBU-TT v1.1, SMPTE-TT Subtitles.

Box and Outline

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 39

Box and Character (outline) styles are available in Native and PAC modes only. The
properties of the effects (box color, opacity, etc.) are controlled with the Effects (Subtitle
Presentation) page:
Character effects:

None No outline or shadow effect is applied.

Outline An outline around the characters is drawn.

Dropshadow A shadow behind the characters is drawn.

Outline dropshadow Combines outline and dropshadow.

Box effects:

None No box effect is applied.

Box Draws a box behind the text.

Ghost boxed Draws a transparent box behind the text.

Striped Draws stripes behind the text across the screen.

Ghost stripe Draws transparent stripes behind the text across the
screen.

Block boxed Draws a box with a width adjusted to the longest subtitle
line.

Ghost block boxed Same as Block boxed, but the box is transparent.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

40 EZConvert User Guide

3.2. Properties Preview

Let’s take a look at the possibility of having instant preview of the subtitles as they will
appear on the viewers screen when adjusting the Project Settings.
The preview can be activated by clicking on the Preview checkbox at the bottom of
Project Settings dialog and the following preview window will appear:

Properties Preview

If you have already loaded subtitles, the preview dialog will display the current subtitle
from your file. To display another subtitle you can select it from the respective Subtitle
drop-down menu.
When you make changes to the Project Settings which concern the subtitles’
appearance, the Preview will instantly update its contents and will display the text with
the new attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 41

3.3. Project Templates

It is very important to have the right settings when importing or exporting your files.
Going through all pages every time you start a new project and verifying the settings
could be time consuming and risky for mistakes.
Now it is possible to adjust the settings and save them as a template. Next time you
start the program or display the Project Settings just click on the template and the
associated settings will be loaded automatically. When freshly installed EZConvert will
have only one item in the project templates list: "Last Settings Used".
Every time you do some changes in Project Settings the program remembers them. The
last used settings are loaded on start and this item is used to refer them. And also, if the
current settings match exactly the settings from a template, EZConvert will highlight the
template in question in light blue, as shown below:

The project template includes all settings in the pages on the right side of the window.
First adjust the settings and then use the New button to create a template.
If you want to change the parameters of already existing template first click on it to get it
loaded, then go to the appropriate page and make the changes. When you are finished
just press the Save button.
Delete button deletes the selected template.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

42 EZConvert User Guide

There is also a right-mouse-click menu in the project templates list that allows you to
rename the selected item or rearrange the order of appearance.
Another important feature that should be mentioned here is the possibility to group the
templates. It is very convenient when the list of templates grows up. Right click on the
template, select Rename from the drop-down menu and enter the group name in the
displayed dialog window.
It is also possible to sort the templates in a group by name. For that matter simply right
click on Group's name and select the Sort option from the context menu.

Importing and Exporting Project Templates

EZConvert offers to Import project templates created by EZTitles and EZConvert from a
file or to Export them to a file which you can later share with a colleague. To do so,
simply right click in the Project Templates section and select the corresponding Import
Templates or Export Templates options from the context menu.
The image below shows what happens when Importing templates from a file. Exporting
of your templates templates goes through the exact same steps and we will not look at it
in details.

Import Project Templates

All available in the file templates will be listed but you can always choose the ones you
don't want to import: select such template and then click the Remove button.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 43

Note: Selecting a template group and clicking the Remove button for it will discard all of
the templates in it.
After that you can click on the Import and all listed templates will be imported. If you
already have a template that matches the name of one of the imported templates,
EZTitles will ask you to overwrite/update it or not:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

44 EZConvert User Guide

3.4. Framerate and Timecode Conversion

By changing the Video Format, Frame Rate or the Timecode Format you can convert
between different video and timecode standards.
First load the subtitles in the original timecode format, then open the Project Settings
window and select the new settings.
You will be asked if you would like to convert the subtitles timecode to the selected new
settings. Clicking the Yes button will bring the following dialog:

Timecode Convertion

The options listed in the dialog depend on the source and target frame rates and
timecode formats. Your choice depends on the conversion algorithm used to produce the
two videos.
The item marked with Default is the most commonly used method for the selected
source/target frame rates and timecode formats.
Following is a brief explanation of the common options:

No The timecodes remain the same. In fact the frames part might be
Conversion adjusted to match the new frame rate.
Default The Default option will use the most common way for converting the
timecode to the new frame rate.
Keep Frame Keeps the frame when the subtitle appears and according to the
Number selected Video Standard automatically recalculates the timecodes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part III. Configuring Project Settings 45

Keep Time If you convert between different frame rates the program will keep the
time when the subtitle appear or disappear.
Programme Enables you to specify reference base timecode for the conversion
Start which must not be greater than the timecode of the first subtitle in the
Timecode project. The value of the reference base timecode is critical for the
conversion and we recommend using Auto.
When Auto is selected, the reference base timecode is calculated as the
timecode of the first subtitle truncated down to the nearest hour.
Otherwise, the specified value in the Timecode input field will be taken
as reference base timecode.

Note : The Default and the options in the Advanced Section could be different from
those illustrated by the image above.
The Advanced options will vary depending on the original frame rate or TC format which
have been set and the new ones.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part IV.
EZConvert Environment
 Part IV. EZConvert Environment 47

Workspace Elements
Toolbar and Basic Menu commands
Import/Export presets
Customizing EZConvert

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

48 EZConvert User Guide

4.1. Workspace Elements

EZConvert Main Window

Top Caption Bar

Gives you you quick access to the 10 files which have been imported recently.

Current Subtitle

The current subtitle’s area is the largest one in the main window. You can see it colored
green at the picture above.
The current subtitle’s number is located at the top left corner of the working area.

Timecode Information

The timecode information indicators are situated at the top of the current subtitle area.
They are meant to show the in-cue, the out-cue and the duration of the current subtitle.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IV. EZConvert Environment 49

Preview List

The subtitle Preview List is the narrow field on the right side of the screen. The Preview
List shows several consecutive subtitles simultaneously making navigation as simple as
possible.
You can also scroll through the list without changing the current subtitle shown in the
working area.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

50 EZConvert User Guide

4.2. Toolbar and Basic Menu Commands

Toolbar

The toolbar is used for quick access to some basic commands. You just need to click the
corresponding button with the mouse.
It is located just below the main menu at the top and lists buttons for import, export and
file preferences functions.
By resting the mouse pointer over a certain toolbar button for a moment you will see a
short text explaining its usage.

EZConvert Toolbar

File Menu Commands

The following commands are available in the File menu:

Import EZConvert automatically recognizes the file type of the

imported subtitle file. The list of the supported formats is
available here.
Advanced Import Opens the Import Subtitles dialog and shows a full list of
the supported subtitle formats and some advanced
options.
Recent Files Provides access to the 10 files which have been imported
recently.

Export Exports the currently loaded file into a subtitle format of

your choice.
Export DVD Images Prepares and exports DVD subtitle images for DVD
authoring system.
Export DVB subtitles Allows you to Export DVB Subtitles which can be muxed by
ProMedia Carbon or Manzanita MP2TSME into compliant

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IV. EZConvert Environment 51

DVB program stream.

Recut The Recut functionality can be used to adjust all or some of

the subtitles' time code by setting a shift.
Check Subtitles Scan the subtitles for various types of conditions (errors).
Please refer to Checks topic for details.
Fix Subtitles Opens a dialog window where you can select various
criteria and fix the subtitles accordingly. Check Fix Subtitles
for more information.

Edit Menu Commands

The following commands are available in the Edit menu:

Find... Opens a dialog where you can search for a phrase or a

word.
Goto... You can jump to a particular subtitle by typing its number
or a certain time code.
Import/Export Presets Create and configure presets to automate your
conversions. Please check HERE.
Preferences Customizes the visual appearance of EZConvert, for more
details please refer to the Customizing EZConvert topic.
Project Settings Show the Project Settings window.

View Menu Commands

The View menu functions allows you to show/hide some of the EZConvert’s components.
The following commands are available with the View menu:

Safe Area Bounds Toggles the safe area bounds displayed on the main screen.
Boxed Places the subtitle text (usually white letters) over black
boxes for better readability. The boxes are only displayed in
the current subtitle area and will not affect the exported
files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

52 EZConvert User Guide

4.3. Import/Export Presets

With EZConvert it is possible to configure import or export presets for each of the
supported file formats so you don’t need to check the settings each time you import or
export a file.
Furthermore, the preset includes a default folder so there is no need to browse to it
every time. Once the presets are configured, they will appear on the toolbar as two new
items: Import Presets and Export Presets.
The Import/Export presets can be configured using the “Edit/Import Export Presets…”
menu. The following dialog pops-up:

List with the available presets is displayed to the left side, and the detailed description of
the selected one is present to the right.
The Delete button removes the selected preset from the list, the Edit changes its
configuration and New opens another dialog where you will actually configure the
preset.

Edit Preset

The preset could apply for import, export or both. It includes the file format, the specific
configuration and the default folders where you will save or import these files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IV. EZConvert Environment 53

Initially press the Change button and set the input/output file format selecting it from a
list with all available file formats.
To enable Import or Export preset simply click the checkbox in front of the
corresponding section. Both sections have identical content with the only exception
being they apply towards different actions.
Default Folder - Is the folder where EZConvert will look for a file to Import or Export
according to the type of the Preset you are using. It can be filled in manually or by using
the Browse button on the right side.
Config - Most of the subtitle file formats have settings which need to be configured prior
Import or Export. Pressing the Config button will display the associated configuration
dialog.
More about it can be found at the Import Subtitles or respectively Export subtitles
topics. Each of the supported subtitle file formats have their own configuration section
explained with the corresponding subtopic.
Once the presets are configured, they will appear in the File menu with two new items:
Import and Export Presets.
All available presets are listed there and you can click at one to import or export files
using the presets' pre-defined settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

54 EZConvert User Guide

4.4. Customizing EZConvert

Subtitles List Font - change the font that is used to display the subtitles in the preview
list. There you can choose any of the fonts you have on your computer as well as its
actual size.
Context Digit Substitution works similarly to the Windows digit substitution feature and
the digits in your file will be displayed with their Arabic-Indic or Farsi representations in
the context when Arabic or Farsi text persists on the very same row. It is useful when
images are required by the DVD authors, but please consider that when exporting your
subtitles into a text file, the regular Arabic digits will be saved instead.
The Automatically renumber subtitles on import option will load the subtitles and will
renumber them, discarding their original numbering. Turning it off will disable the
automatic renumber and the subtitles will load represented by their original subtitle
numbers including index letters like 1a, 10c, and etc.
From the Icon Size section you can switch between small (16x16 pixels) and large (24x24
pixels) icons on the toolbar.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IV. EZConvert Environment 55

There is an option to change the background color of the EZConvert's main window. You
just have to click on the Change button. With the Default button you can switch back to
the default green background color.
From the Active theme drop-down menu you can select between three predefined
EZConvert looks: Default (current Windows theme), Silver or Graphite.
Emphasis Symbols
Allows the emphasis symbol or bouten to be changed. The symbols selected by default
are the most commonly considered ones for both Horizontal and Vertical oriented text.
Bouten are commonly used in the East Asian languages.
Note: Changing bouten symbols will have effect only after re-importing the file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part V.
Working with Subtitle Files
 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 57

Subtitles Import

Selecting the File/Import from the menu or clicking the toolbar button will bring up
a standard Windows open dialog. There is also "Append" check box at the bottom of the
dialog which you can select if you want to append the imported file to the current
subtitles. EZConvert automatically recognizes the format of the file and will show a
configuration dialog with more options. Import options for all supported file formats are
described with the Import Subtitles topic and its subtopics.
If for some reason EZConvert fails to recognize the format use File/Advanced Import. It
will bring the full list of supported file formats where you can choose the right one.

Quality control and other intermediate manipulations

After the file is loaded you can check if the subtitles follow certain rules or requirements.
Use Check Subtitles command where you can specify various rules and criteria.
Furthermore you can use Recut and Fix Subtitles commands to make some adjustments.

Subtitles Export

To export your current subtitle file in a desired format supported by EZConvert, use the

File / Export command or the button on the toolbar. The export dialog which is
thoroughly discussed in Export Subtitles will appear.

DVD Subtitles Export

EZConvert can export subtitles for various DVD/Blu-ray authoring systems as images. Use
the File / Export DVD Bitmaps command or the button on the toolbar.
Images export is described with the Export DVD Images section. Ultech DV2000 and EDL
are also included here. The command is enabled only in Native/DVD mode (see Project
Properties).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

58 EZConvert User Guide

5.1. Recut
With the Recut option you can shift forward or backward the time-code of a selected
block of subtitles.
This may be needed to adjust manually captured cues or to compensate for errors in
capturing or setting the video file’s timecode.

Recut Subtitles dialog

After the Recut window opens up you can still freely navigate through the file to locate
the desired points. Once the wanted timecode or subtitle are found you can use the Copy
button to get the Time-code or Subtitle number into the corresponding edit box. For
example, if you want to Recut by one Reference point, you need to simply open the Recut
menu, select the reference subtitle first (locate the subtitle and press next to the
subtitle number edit) then enter the new timecode for this subtitle and click the Recut
button.
Include both subtitle tracks - the option will be displayed only when the project contains
subtitles in the Main and Secondary tracks. Respectively, after activating it the Recut
operation will be applied simultaneously to the respective subtitles in both the Main and
Secondary tracks. When performing Recut by Reference Timecode, Reference Point or

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 59

Two reference points options, the offset will be calculated between the selected
reference point and the first subtitle in the main and secondary tracks.

Move by
Shift the time code forward (increment) if a positive value is entered and backward
(decrement) if negative value is entered.
The Move By operation can affect both the In- and Out-cues of the subtitles, their In-
cues only or their Out-cues only depending on the selected in drop-down menu option:

In- & Out- Offsets both the in- and out-cues of the subtitles in
cues the selected range.
Offsets just the in-cues of all subtitles in the selected
range.
Please mind, that subtitles which are chained on the
In-cue only
min. interval from each other, previous subtitle out
is on the min. interval from next subtitle in, will be
moved together regardless of the selected option.
Offsets just the out-cues of all subtitles in the
selected range.
Please mind, that subtitles which are chained on the
Out-cue only
min. interval from each other, previous subtitle out
is on the min. interval from next subtitle in, will be
moved together regardless of the selected option.
Not chained Offsets just the out-cues of subtitles that are not
Out-cues chained on the min.interval from the next subtitle.
only

In other words, it enables you to shift only the in-, out- or both in- and out-cues of the
subtitles. Please mind, that subtitles which are chained on the min. interval from each
other, previous subtitle out is on the min. interval from next subtitle in, will be moved
together regardless of the selected option.

Reference Timecode
The option to recut by Reference Timecode works similarly to the Move By one - selected
subtitles will be moved by the difference between Ref. TC and New TC, but it wouldn't
be necessary to calculate what the specific value of Recut Timecode should be by hand.

Reference Point

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

60 EZConvert User Guide

Moves all timecodes forward or backward so the selected subtitle’s in-cue matches the
specified timecode.

Two Reference Points

There are two reference points that should be specified before executing the command.
The subtitles are rearranged in a way that the first and the second subtitle’s in-cues
match the specified timecodes. It is recommended that the first subtitle is somewhere at
the beginning of the movie and the second one is at the end. This method can be used
for timecode or frame-rate conversion if these parameters are unknown for the original
file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 61

5.2. Check Subtitles

The Checks command will help you find the subtitles that doesn't match certain rules.
You can start the Checks from the File menu.

The available Checks criteria are divided into separate categories for easier navigation
and clean preview of the selected options. Whenever there is at least one of selected for
a category, category's name would be marked in bold and the checkbox in front of it will
look like a square - . And when all options are clicked for a category, the checkbox in
front of its name becomes fully checked - .
The Export button will create MS Excell file containing the subtitles with found issues,
subtitles without problems will not be exported, and details about the issues. Please
mind that when working with projects with two tracks, subtitles from the secondary
track will be exported into separate worksheet in the MS Excel document.

Check both subtitle tracks - the option becomes available only if the current project has

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

62 EZConvert User Guide

a secondary subtitle track and the "Check" command will then go through the subtitles
from both tracks simultaneously. Otherwise, if the option is disabled, the Check will be
performed only for the currently selected track.
The text specifying the type of the error found in the current subtitle is displayed at the
bottom of the window. You can find the next problematic subtitle using the Next and
Previous buttons. By pressing the Log button, EZConvert will move all subtitles which
match the specified criteria to the Log list for revision.

Cues and Text

Inconsistent cues Check for in/out cues with timecode

errors. For details please check later in
this topic.
Duration Checks whether the subtitle duration is
below the minimum/maximum values
specified at the Project Settings/Cues
menu.
Below Reading Speed Checks for subtitles exceeding the limits
Above Reading Speed of the specified reading speed. Below
Reading Speed is the more important
parameter – it indicates whether the
viewer has enough time to read the
subtitle. For more information about
reading speed refer to Reading Speed
Parameters.
Gap between subtitles Checks the gaps between subtitles.
Gives an error message if the gap
between two subtitles is less than the
specified number of frames and is not
equal to the minimum interval defined
in Project Settings/Cues page.
Subtitles before Verifies if there are any subtitles
Timecode beginning before the specified
timecode.

Non-printable characters Checks for characters not supported by

the particular language and font or for
such which have not been imported

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 63

correctly from the input file. Non-

printable characters are marked as " ".
Safe Area Checks whether the subtitles are
correctly positioned in the so-called
"safe area" – the optimum visible field
of the TV screen.
It also checks for subtitles with more
than 36 characters per row (the number
of characters can be specified with the
File/Project Settings). For more
information you may refer to the Safe
Area topic.
Raised Subtitles Checks for subtitles that are placed
above or below the Safe Area margins.
These are the subtitles that have an
empty last line (for bottom vertical
alignment) or first line (for top vertical
alignment).
The Exclude raised by option can be
used when the prevailing number of
subtitles are intentionally raised by a
number of lines.
More than … lines Checks for subtitles that exceed the set
maximum number of rows (default – 2
rows).
Exactly ... lines Checks and finds all subtitles that have
the indicated number of lines.
Extra Spaces Checks if there are more than one
spaces inserted between the text or for
space at the beginning and end of the
text line.
When Space before punctuation option
is clicked, EZConvert will also check if
there are spaces before the punctuation
marks.
Extra Rows Checks for subtitles containing text
lines separated by at least one empty
line.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

64 EZConvert User Guide

Horizontally shifted Checks for text which is offset from the

default left, right or center alignment
positions, for example as a result of
using the Move Subtitle Left/Right or
Move Row Left/Right commands.

Subtitles without text Checks for subtitles without text.

Inconsistent numbering Checks subtitle numeration is
consistent throughout the project.
Inconsistent numbering is considered
when a subtitle number is skipped: 1, 2,
4, 5..., or when the letter index is
skipped: 1a, 1b, 1d, 2a, 2b, 2c, 3b, 3c.
Subtitles with comments Checks for comments attached to the
subtitles.
Wrap subtitle to one line Checks if the text of a subtitle in two or
more lines can actually fit on just a
single line. However, the text should
not exceed the characters per line limit
set in the Project Settings/Safe Area
menu.
Note: Subtitles with dialogue in them
will not be marked by the Check.
Dialogue is considered whenever one of
the text lines in the subtitle starts with
hyphen (long hyphen, em-dash) or one
of the lines is in different color.
Not snapped to This option is intended to find all
top/bottom safe area subtitles which are not aligned to the
top or bottom safe area margins. If the
text is positioned in the top half of the
screen, it will be aligned to the top safe
area margin, if in the bottom half - to
the bottom one.

Attributes

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 65

One of the most important new features is that you can look for subtitles that have
particular attribute or for those which don’t have it. For example you can start a check
for all subtitles which have yellow text or only for those which are not yellow.
The positive or negative state of the command can be customized at the Checks dialog
clicking the Is or Is Not option

Italics You can find all italics formatted text or subtitles.

Partial Enables you to find subtitles that have some of their

Italics text in italics.
Uppercas Finds subtitles for which all words and characters are
e written in UPPERCASE.
Partial Finds subtitles containing at least one word in
Uppercas uppercase.
e
Font Allows you to find all subtitles written with Font 1 or
Font 2.
Hidden Looks for Hidden or Not Hidden subtitles.
Color Enables you to find subtitles formatted in particular
color. The color can be selected from the corresponding
box to the right.
Alignmen When this option is clicked, EZTitles will look for all
t subtitles aligned in the specified way.
Vertical Checks if the text appears visually in the top or bottom
Position half of the screen.
Box Style Allows you to look for the subtitles with Box effect
applied.
Outline/S With this turned on you can find the subtitles which
hadow have Outline or Shadow effects applied.
Direction Enables you to search the selected word or phrase in
vertically or horizontally oriented subtitles.
Underline Searches for text which is underlined.
Double You can locate all subtitles formatted as Double Height.
Height The Double Height check option is available only for
Teletext projects and will be displayed when EZTitles
works in Teletext mode.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

66 EZConvert User Guide

Captions Captions Style can be used to locate subtitles formatted

Style with the Closed Captions specific Pain-on, Pop-on or
Roll-Up styles. It is available when EZTitles is working in
Closed Captions mode.

The options listed in the Subtitle Attributes section of the Checks dialog will change
along with the mode of operation. There are specific checks only available when working
in Teletext and Closed Captions mode.

Options for East Asian Languages

The options described below become available only if the input file contains any
characters from the East Asian writing scripts:

Vertical Checks for vertical subtitles aligned or not aligned to the

subtitles top safe area margin. The term "start" refers to the
alignme default/initial value of the tts:textAlign attribute from
nt TTML2.
Ruby/Bo Checks if Ruby/Bouten characters match the specified
uten position:
position
Above/Right - for horizontal subtitles Above the text;
different
for vertical subtitles to the Right of the text;
from
Below/Left - for horizontal subtitles Below the text;
for vertical subtitles to the Left of the text;
Outside - Outside is the default position for
Ruby/Bouten characters. The term "Outside" refers

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 67

to the initial value of the tts:rubyPosition attribute

from TTML2.
Single This option allows you to check if the ruby/bouten
line left characters in one-line vertical subtitle aligned to the left
position appear Left or Right from the base text. The option can
ed be used only if Ruby/Bouten position different from is
vertical set to Outside.
subtitles
The common practice is ruby/bouten characters to be
Outside
displayed on the right side of the text in one-line vertical
ruby
subtitles. But there might be a requirement to display
position
ruby in one-line left positioned vertical subtitles to the
is
left of the base text:

Ruby Checks if ruby's alignment matches the specified

Align position.
Ruby/Bo Checks if there are subtitles with 3 text lines and
uten on Ruby/Bouten added on the middle line. The common
middle practice doesn't allow Ruby/Bouten characters on the
lines middle line as well as subtitles with more than 2 text
lines
Digit Checks for half-width and full-width digits
represen representation in horizontal and vertical subtitles.
tation in
Horizontal subtitles:
horizont
al o Single digit numbers should be written using full-
and width alphanumeric characters
vertical o Double digit and higher numbers should be written
subtitles using half-width characters
Vertical subtitles:
o Single digit numbers should be written using full-
width alphanumeric characters
o Consecutive digits up to HGroup parameter should
be written using half-width characters and
positioned in Horizontal Group.
o Consecutive digits above the HGroup parameter
should be written using full-width characters and
positioned vertically.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

68 EZConvert User Guide

Multiple tracks

Multiple Tracks options become available once Secondary Subtitle Track is added or file
with two tracks is loaded:

Subtitles with Checks for subtitles which might be covering the

overlapping text of subtitle in the other track.
text
Subtitles with Checks for subtitles with overlapping In and Out
overlapping cues from the two tracks.
cues

Creating Check Presets

EZConvert also provides the functionality to create Presets with the most frequently
used "Check" options.

To add new preset you can simply press the triangular button and select the Create
New Preset option. All currently selected "Check" options will be added for this preset.
To modify the currently selected preset you just need to click the "Check" options you
want to activate or disable and then select the Save current preset option after clicking
the triangular button. From the same menu you can also Delete or Rename the
currently activated preset.
You can select another of your "Check" Presets directly from the Presets drop-down
menu.

Note: Note: Pressing the button next to Presets will hide the main part of the
Checks form leaving only the part describing what the particular problem is:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 69

This will be really helpful when EZTitles is used on devices with small display running at
low resolution and high DPI settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

70 EZConvert User Guide

5.3. Fix Subtitles

Using File/Fix Subtitles menu helps when the current subtitle file needs certain issues to
be solved. For example, changing the minimum interval between subtitles. Initially the
following dialog will be displayed:

Fix Subtitles

Available Fix Subtitles options are divided into separate categories for easier navigation
and clean preview of the selected options. Whenever there is at least one of selected for
a category, category's name would be marked in bold and the checkbox in front of it will
look like a square- . And when all options are clicked for a category, the checkbox in
front of its name becomes fully checked - .
Include both subtitle tracks - the option becomes available only if the current project has
a secondary subtitle track and Fix Subtitles will then go through the subtitles from both

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 71

tracks simultaneously. Otherwise, if the option is disabled, Fix Subtitles will be executed
only for the subtitles in the currently selected track.
Show fix summary - when enabled displays summary of the subtitles that has been
affected by the different fix options. Otherwise, when disabled, modified subtitles will
directly be send to the Log List for verification.

Creating Presets

EZConvert also provides the functionality to create Presets with the most frequently
used "Fix" options.

To add new preset you can simply press the triangular button and select the Create
New Preset option. All currently selected "Fix" options will be added for this preset. To
modify the currently selected preset you just need to click the "Fix" options you want to
activate or disable and then select the Save current preset option after clicking the
triangular button. From the same menu you can also Delete or Rename the currently
activated preset.
You can select another of your "Fix" Presets directly from the the Presets drop-down
menu.

Cues

Fix empty Out-Cues For subtitles with empty out-cues EZConvert will
automatically calculate the corresponding out-
cues based on the next In-cue and the Minimum
interval between subtitles (or blank between pop-
ons for closed captions) set at the Properties/Safe
Area dialog.
Delete chained subtitles Out-cues Deletes the Out-cues for all subtitle which are
"chained", i.e. inserted on the min. interval from
the previous subtitle.
Fix Intervals This allows you to change the intervals between
subtitles to the Minimum interval value specified
at Properties/Safe Area. You can specify a
threshold value in order to filter the subtitles.
Only the subtitles that are closer than the
specified amount of frames are processed. The

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

72 EZConvert User Guide

interval is changed by moving the previous

subtitle’s out-cue.
Fix bellow minimum duration EZConvert will try to change the duration of
subtitles with shorter or longer duration that the
Fix above maximum duration
one specified in the box. The out-cue will be
moved forward if possible.
The Fix bellow/above min/max duration
command will work for subtitles which have gap
greater that the Minimum Interval specified at
Properties/Safe Area.
Fix overlapping cues Provides three simple ways for dealing with
subtitles with overlapping cues (out-cue of the
preceding subtitles comes in after the in-cue of
the next subtitle):
- Keep In-Cue: keeps the position of next
subtitle's in-cue and moves the out-cue of the
preceding subtitle to the min. interval from it;
- Keep Out-Cue - keeps position of preceding
subtitle's out-cue and moves next subtitle's in-
cue to the min. interval from it;
- Middle Position - moves both preceding
subtitle's out-cue and next subtitle's in-cue to a
new position in between the initial in- and out-
cues.
We strongly suggest to always verify the results
by sending the modified subtitles to the Log List.

Text

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 73

Fix raised subtitles If the subtitle has empty line(s) at the bottom this
command will delete it and shift the whole text to
the bottom line.
Delete empty rows The command can be used to delete empty rows
between text lines like in the following example:
Subtitle Text Line 1
(empty line)
Subtitle Text Line 2

Delete extra spaces Removes all extra spaces no matter if they occur
to be inserted in the beginning, the end or
between the words of a subtitle.
Delete spaces before punctuation Deletes any space found before punctuation
marks (comma, full stop, exclamation mark,
question mark, semicolon) and adds space after
the punctuation mark if it wasn't there initially.
Delete subtitles with empty cues Deletes any subtitles that don't have In-, Out- or
In- and Out cues.
Delete subtitles with no text Deletes the subtitles that don't have any text.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

74 EZConvert User Guide

Snap subtitles to top/bottom Raised subtitles are moved to the corresponding

safe area Safe Area margin (top or bottom) depending on
text's presentation on screen: if text appears in
the bottom half of the screen it will be moved to
the bottom line, i.e will become bottom aligned,
and if text appears in the top half of the screen, it
will be moved to the top line as top aligned.
Move raised subtitles to top This option can be used only when Snap subtitles
to top/bottom safe area is enabled and modifies
its behavior and application. It affects all raised
subtitles, regardless of their exact position on the
screen, and will move them to the top.
Horizontal Alignment of the affected subtitles can
be also modified from the respective drop-down
menu but it will not be modified by default (No
Change).
Snap subtitles to left, right or Horizontally shifted subtitles will be moved to the
center safe area default positions of the left, right or center
margins configured from the Safe Area menu.
Each text line will be repositioned individually to
the closest margin.
Only subtitles that go outside of The option becomes available only after enabling
safe area "Snap subtitles to left, right or center safe area"
and will fix only those subtitles that cross the safe
area margins. The fix command will try and
preserve the original layout of the lines in a
subtitle whenever possible and will simply snap
them to the closest margin.
Replace "full-width low line" Replaces the "full-width low line" character
with "Ideographic space" (U+FF3F), typically inserted for aesthetics and
positioning purposes, with "Ideographic space"
character (U+3000). The option becomes available
only if the file contains any Japanese characters.

East Asian Scripts

The options described below become available only if the input file contains any
characters from the East Asian writing scripts:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 75

Set vertical subtitles alignment Automatically aligns all vertical subtitles

to Start to the top safe area margin. The term
"start" refers to the default/initial value of
the tts:textAlign attribute from TTML2.
Convert Arabic to full-width Works for digits in vertical or horizontal
digits in vertical subtitles subtitles and automatically converts
between half- and full-width numerals
according to Netflix's requirements-
paragraph I.16.
Horizontal subtitles
1.1. Single digit numbers should be
written using full-width
alphanumeric characters.
1.2.Double digit and higher
numbers should be written using
half-width characters.
Vertical Subtitles
2.1. Single digit numbers should be
written using full-width
alphanumeric characters.
2.2. Double digit numbers should be
written using half-width characters
and positioned horizontally using

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

76 EZConvert User Guide

“kumi-moji/tatechuyoko” or as we
call it horizontal groups.
2.3. Three digit and higher numbers
should be written using full-width
characters and positioned vertically.
Group Arabic digits horizontally Automatically creates horizontal groups of
in vertical subtitles digits in vertical subtitles.
Replace full-width Low line with Replaces the "Full-width Low
Ideographic space line" (U+FF3F) with "Ideographic
space" (U+3000). These two characters are
typically used for
Chidori--style placement of song lyrics but
different service providers might prefer
the one or the other.
Replace Smart Quotes with Replaces the Left (U+201C) and Right
Double Prime Quotation Marks (U+201D) Double Quotation Marks
typically used in Japanese subtitles with:
- Reversed Double Prime (U+301D)
and Double Prime (U+301E) quotation
marks in horizontal subtitles;
- Reversed Double Prime (U+301D)
and Low Double Prime (U+301F)
quotation marks in vertical subtitles.
Replace horizontal bar with Replaces the "Horizontal Bar" character
two-em dash (U+2015) with "Two em-dash" character
(U+2E3A). Two em-dash is typically used
to indicate that an ongoing sentence is
split between two subtitles.
Convert Horizontal groups text Characters from horizontal groups will be
to normal converted and displayed as regular text.

Rubies and Boutens

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 77

Fix Ruby Automatically changes the position of the rubies

positions currently present in the file. The new positions will be as
follows:
Above/Right - in horizontal subtitles above the
normal text, rubies in vertical subtitles to the right of
the normal text;
Below/Left - in horizontal subtitles below the normal
text, rubies in vertical subtitles to the right of the
normal text;
Outside - changes the position of the inserted Ruby
characters according to the most commonly
accepted rules explained earlier in the topic
dedicated to East Asian languages.
Single line left This option automatically changes ruby or bouten
positioned positions in one-line vertical subtitle aligned to the left
vertical subtitles to be displayed Left or Right from the base text. The
Ruby position option can be used only if Ruby/Bouten position
different from is set to Outside.
The common practice is ruby/bouten characters to be
displayed on the right side of the text in one-line vertical
subtitles. But there might be a requirement to display
ruby in one-line left positioned vertical subtitles to the

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

78 EZConvert User Guide

left of the base text:

Ruby Align Changes ruby's alignment to the specified position.

Fix boutens Automatically change bouten styles with the selected
ones. The commonly used boutens are listed in the
combo boxes but you can also select "other" and type
your own symbols in the edit control next.
Remove Rubies Roves all ruby characters from the selected range of
subtitles.
Remove Boutens Removes bouten/emphasis characters from the selected
range of subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 79

5.4. Find, Replace and Go To

The Find & Replace options can be displayed by pressing Ctrl + F (Find) or by using the Edit
drop-down menu:

First type the text in Text to find field and then press one of the buttons below. Next
button will search for the text forward though out the whole project and will
automatically stop on the first match, highlighting the found word of phrase. Similarly
Previous button will search backward.
EZConvert offers a lot more than just the regular and straight forward functionality of
finding and/or replacing text. There are additional options grouped into several
categories: Search Options, Search Scope. Options from each category can be expanded
and displayed by pressing the little plus button next to it. Whenever an option from
the additional search or filter categories is selected, descriptive text below the Text to
Find or Replace With fields will be displayed. This way it is not necessary to keep all the
categories expanded to see which options are chosen. As you can see on the picture
above we are going to search for "color" as whole word in italic.
If you need to disable one of these options you can simply click on the button next to
its name.

Search Options

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

80 EZConvert User Guide

The Search Options category provides additional options to find specific instances of the
searched term.

Match Case Performs case-sensitive search.

Whole Word The search will highlight only whole
words.
Wildcards Clicking the Wildcards checkbox allows
special, wildcard characters to be
entered. Wildcards are used to
substitute one or more characters while
searching through the text. The most
common example is perhaps the "*"
wildcard character and it has the
meaning of "any number of characters,
zero or more times". For example if you
enter "[*]" in Text to find field you will
find everything enclosed in square
brackets like "[Peter]", "[Marry]", "[John
Smith]", etc.
You can check the next topic, Find &
Replace - Wildcards, for more details
about the available wildcards and the
additional options that can be used for
a more elaborate and complex searches
in EZConvert.
Start/End of Line Searches for the specified term only in
the beginning or at the end of a text
line.
Start/End of Subtitle Searches for the specified term in the
beginning or the end of a subtitle.
Text not in Italic Enables you to find only those instances
of the searched term that are not
italicized.
Text in Italic Searches only for those instances that
are written in italic.

Search Scope

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 81

In the Search Scope category you can find options that enable you to search in the Main
and Secondary Subtitle Tracks. Contents of this category will change whenever a
secondary track is present in the file.

Search in Subtitle Text This is the default option. Text will be

searched only within subtitles' text.
Main and Secondary Enables searching of the specified term
Tracks in both the Main and Secondary tracks.
The option is available only when a
Secondary Subtitle Track is present.
Active Track Enables you to search only in the
currently focused main or secondary
subtitle tracks or edit and reference
files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

82 EZConvert User Guide

5.4.1. Find - Wildcards

As mentioned in the previous topic, EZConvert allows wildcards characters to be used in

a search. Remember, to activate the Wildcards checkbox to do so. Once it's clicked the
Special button will appear which enlists all the wildcards that can be used:

Wildcards can be selected from the Special drop-down menu or they can be typed
directly in the "Text to find" field.
Note: Some wildcards are designated by an additional symbol "^" while others are typed
in without it like "+","*" and so on. If you need to search for one of these characters that
don't need the special designator, then you need to add "\" backslash before it. For
example, if you need to search for the asterisk sign "*", you need to type in "\*" when
using wildcards. Otherwise, the percentage symbol will be associated with its special
meaning of "start of line".
Note: Wildcards are case sensitive. There's a huge difference between "^d" and "^D" for
example. Usually the wildcard with uppercase letter has the opposite meaning of the one
with lowercase letter.
Below you can find brief description of all the available widlcards.

* 0 or more characters.
@ 0 or more occurrences of the previous symbol/character.
+ 1 or more occurrences of the previous symbol/character.
& 0 or 1 occurrences of the previous symbol/character.

< Start of word.

> End of word.
% Start of line.
$ End of line.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 83

^? Any character.
^d Any digit.
^D Any character that is not digit.
^w Any word character (letter or digit).
^W Any non-word character.
^s Any whitespace character including new line.
^S Any non-whitespace character.
^a Any letter (not including digits).
^A Any character that is not letter.
^u Any uppercase letter.
^U Any character that is not an uppercase letter.
^l Any lowercase letter. The wildcard is constructed of "^"
followed by a lowercase letter L.
^L Any character that is not a lowercase letter.
^p Any punctuation mark.
^P Any character excluding punctuation marks.

^n New line.

Regular Expressions

In addition to using Wildcards, EZConvert allows Regular Expressions too.

To use a regular expression, make sure to click the "Wildcards" checkbox first and then
add "(?re)" before the expression in the Text to Find field:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

84 EZConvert User Guide

You can use this article for the specific expressions that can be used this way.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part V. Working with Subtitle Files 85

5.4.2. Replace

Text replace options are available with EZConvert Pro through the Config Editor &
Command Line and Watch Folder and are aimed primarily at resolving issues with
corrupt or unsupported by the output file characters that may lead to rejections and/or
errors during transmission.
For more details, please check this topic.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

86 EZConvert User Guide

5.4.3. Go To

With the Go To command, on the other hand, you can quickly jump to a specific subtitle
or even Timecode.
Start of current subtitle's chain, End of current subtitle's chain
Subtitles chain is defined as a sequence of subtitles placed at minimum interval for
Open, Digital Cinema and Teletext projects.
For Closed Captions projects this is a sequence of subtitles without out-cue.
The chain starts with the first subtitle in-cue and ends with the last subtitle having out-
cue regardless of the captions style (Roll-up, Pop-on, Paint-on).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part VI.
Import Subtitles
88 EZConvert User Guide

Import

To load a subtitle file in EZConvert simply click on File/Import... or simply press the

dedicated import subtitles button on the toolbar. After that the regular for
Windows open dialog will appear allowing your to browse through all files and folders on
your computer. At the end select the file you need to import in and if EZConvert
recognizes its format, or in other words if it is in format which we support, the file will
automatically load up.

There is a drop-down menu which also enables you to Append subtitles from the input
file to the currently loaded project.
Open in new instance - When importing subtitle files the input file will automatically
load into a new instance of the program.

Advanced import

In addition to using the quick import you may as well use the Advanced Import option
from the File... drop-down menu. It enlists all supported by EZConvert subtitle formats
divided into subcategories. If there are any formats not included in the EZConvert license
edition that you've ordered they will be grayed out.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 89

By using Append option you add the subtitles from input file to the currently loaded in
EZConvert file.
The Config button allows you to configure various settings for the imported file. The
choice of settings depends on the type of file you are importing from. Once configured,
the settings for the chosen format type will be remembered so you don't have to do the
same configuration once again on the next import. Some formats doesn't require
additional configuration and in this case the Config button will stay gray (disabled).
In the next topics we will describe the configuration dialogs in details.
Closed Captions formats are discussed in Import/Export Closed Captions.

Favorites

The user can create list with "favorite", most frequently used, import formats by clicking
the bullet on the right side of each particular export format. To remove any of them from
the favorites category it's only necessary to click on the bullet again.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

90 EZConvert User Guide

Future File Formats

We are already working on including additional subtitle formats to EZConvert.

If you are interested in a particular subtitle format, send us an e-mail with the file format
description and we will consider adding it with the next release.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 91

6.1. Standard formats

We classify as Standard the following file formats:
EBU STL (.stl) & EBU STL for ARTE
DLP Cinema (.xml)
DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) (.xml)
WebVTT (.vtt)
Videotron Lambda (.cap)
SubRip (.srt)
MicroDVD (.sub)
Webcast - Media Player (.sami)
Plain ASCII/Unicode (.txt)
RTF/DOC
Excel XLS and XLSX
QuickTime Text (.txt)
Custom Text Import

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

92 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.1. EBU Files

There are additional options when importing an EBU (.stl) file.

They are intended to override certain attributes of the imported file if they are not
correct.
All options are Off by default. It is recommended to keep them off unless there is a
problem with the imported file.

EBU Import Options

Force Open Subtitles Override the Display Standard Code

Force Teletext Subtitles (DSC) in the file header. Depending
on this code the program interprets
the file contents in different ways.
Force double height at the beginning of line Insert Double height or Normal
Force normal height at the beginning of line height control codes at the
beginning of each line.
You can use "Force double
height..." if the file is imported with
empty lines between the rows.
Force Start Box control code at the beginning of Insert Start Box control codes at
line the beginning of each line. Use this
option if the text is missing in the
imported file.
Use open mode boxing control codes By using this option EZConvert will
correctly display the box effect for
the subtitles indicated as "boxed"
in the input "open mode" EBU file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 93

It is important to mention that the vertical position of the text depends on the line
number it is placed on. There is no bottom, top or center vertical position with the EBU
files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

94 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.2. DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML Subtitles

When loading subtitles from DLP Cinema XML file, EZTitles will analyze the contents of
the file in an attempt to detect what Safe Area settings shall be used for the most
compliant preview of the XML file and keeping the positioning as closest to the original
as possible. Text's vertical/horizontal position on the screen depends on the Line
Spacing, Horizontal (Left) and Vertical (Bottom) margins.
If the detected from the input file settings mismatch the current Project Settings the
Override Safe Area margins in Project Settings option can be used to automatically
replace the safe area settings in the current Project.
By activating the second of the available options, Detect center-left aligned subtitles,
EZTitles will try to recognize if subtitles' text should be displayed as center-left (aligned
to the center and justified to the left).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 95

6.1.3. DLP Cinema XML Files

When loading subtitles from DLP Cinema XML file, EZTitles will analyze the contents of
the file in an attempt to detect what Safe Area settings shall be used for the most
compliant preview of the XML file and keeping the positioning as closest to the original
as possible. Text's vertical/horizontal position on the screen depends on the Line
Spacing, Horizontal (Left) and Vertical (Bottom) margins.
If the detected from the input file settings mismatch the current Project Settings the
Override Safe Area margins in Project Settings option can be used to automatically
replace the safe area settings in the current Project.
By activating the second of the available options, Detect center-left aligned subtitles,
EZTitles will try to recognize if subtitles' text should be displayed as center-left (aligned
to the center and justified to the left).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

96 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.4. Videotron Lambda Cap files

No special import configurations are required when importing file in the Lambda Cap
format. EZConvert will automatically read all positioning and formatting information
from it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 97

6.1.5. WebVTT (.vtt) Files

The WebVTT format (Web Video Text Tracks) is a format intended for marking up
external text track resources.
The HTML5 standard uses it to display captions in synchronization with a video or audio
material in the user's web browser.
To load WebVTT file in EZConvert you need to choose the file's code page only although,
by specifications, WebVTT shall be delivered as Unicode UTF-8 encoded files:

Here is a list of the most commonly used code pages:

1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

98 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.6. MicroDVD (.sub) Files

MicroDVD .SUB Import

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. Here is a
list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

All other attributes like italics and colors will automatically recognized and imported.
The RTL Reorder option is intended for use with Right-to-Left languages. It solves the
problem with incorrectly displayed punctuation marks, Latin text, etc.
Use this option if the punctuation marks at the beginning or at the end are displayed
"reversed".

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 99

6.1.7. SubRip (.srt) Files

SRT Import Config

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. Here is a
list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

All other attributes like alignment, italics and colors will be automatically recognized and
imported.

RTL Intended for use with Right-to-Left languages. It solves the problem with
Reoder incorrectly displayed punctuation marks, Latin text, etc. Use this option if
the punctuation marks at the beginning or at the end are displayed
"reversed".
Skip This option can be used when the input SRT file contains custom
unknown formatting or positioning tags which are supported only by specific
tags

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

100 EZConvert User Guide

applications. Otherwise, these tags might be loaded and displayed as part

of the text.
Import Positioning information represented as "X" and "Y" coordinates will be
Display interpret by turning this option on.
Coordina
tes

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 101

6.1.8. Webcast - Media Player SAMI Files

The import configuration requires some information from the file and the dialog is
displayed after you press the Import button and select the file.

SAMI Import Configuration

If more than one language is included in the file, Import Language combo box is enabled
and you can specify which language you want to import.
Switch on the Word Wrap option to wrap text lines which do not fit in the Safe Area.
In the fonts section you can select which native EZConvert font to use for the imported
text.
If the imported SAMI file contains Source ID, the corresponding check box is enabled.
Checking it you can select different font number for the Source ID text.
Reel Start Timecode is the timecode of the first frame of the associated video file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

102 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.9. Plain ASCII/Unicode Text Files

The ASCII file structure that is supported by EZConvert is described in Appendix A. ASCII
File Format used by EZConvert.

ASCII Import Configuration

The most important parameter here is the text encoding (code page). You should select
the proper one that matches the encoding of the subtitle file.
Please note that you can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. There’s
a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying to
import Unicode text file.
Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European
languages that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian,
Slovenian, Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian and etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German,
French, Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in
any of the world's writing systems.
65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any
of the world's writing systems.

You can also choose to wrap the long text lines which do not fit in the Safe Area.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 103

6.1.10. RTF/DOC Files

The imported Rich text format (RTF) or Microsoft Word .doc or .docx files must be in the
following form:
0002 10:00:16:03 10:00:21:01
They are considered some of the
most beautiful parrots,

0003 10:00:21:05 10:00:25:10

due to their beautiful and
striking colours.

By pressing the Config button, the following dialog appears:

Import RTF Configuration

Certain formatting attributes like italic or underlined text, row alignment, colors and
outline are imported from the RTF.
If you don't want to use some of the formatting elements you can switch them off from
here.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

104 EZConvert User Guide

6.1.11. XLS and XLSX Excel Workbook Files

If you wish to import subtitles directly from Excel, XLS and XLSX, files you should know
that the In and Out cues must be placed in the first two columns and the text have to be
kept in the third one. Otherwise you will receive an error message.
The Excel Workbook import will keep the text alignment, italics and color information. If
the selected XLS document contain more than one worksheet subtitles from the first
worksheet will be displayed in the main subtitles track, while those from the second
worksheet - in the secondary track.
By pressing the Config button you can specify the time code format used in the Excel file.

Excel Import Configuration

By pressing the Config button you can specify the time code format used in the Excel file.
note

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 105

6.1.12. QuickTime Text Files

Import QT Text Files Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

106 EZConvert User Guide

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

The subtitles alignment and vertical position on the screen will be skipped and the text
will be imported with the EZConvert's project default alignment and position.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 107

6.1.13. Custom Text Import

This feature is very helpful if you have to import a text, RTF or Word Document with
subtitles that doesn't match any of the file formats natively supported by EZConvert.
This option can be accessed from the File menu. Choose "Advanced Import..." and then
"Custom Text Format".
After you have selected the desired file a window (same as the listed below) shows up.
There you can instruct the program how to interpret the file so the timecode, text and
format information is extracted correctly:

Custom Text Import Settings

Basic principles

Before explaining the available options in the above dialog window it is important to
learn more about the Custom Text Import module principles and how it works.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

108 EZConvert User Guide

The whole process can be split into three parts:

1. Find the subtitles segment

First using the Subtitles begin and Subtitles end fields the program locates the part of
the file containing the subtitles.
The fields contain search patterns (described below) that helps to locate the subtitles
part of the text. This way the header or footer can be skipped.
You can define and use both or only one of them. In this case EZConvert will locate the
file's header or footer and each line after the header and before the footer will be
considered as the part that contains the subtitles.
If you leave the Subtitles Begin and End fields empty, this means that there are no
header or footer and the subtitles start with the very first line in the file.

2. Locate the individual subtitles

The Subtitle header and Subtitle footer fields are intended to locate the individual
subtitles, defining the start and respectively the end of each one.
All the text between them is considered a valuable text which has to be imported.
At least one of these parameters must be specified. If the subtitle footer is empty the
text between the current header and the next one is considered as the subtitle's body
containing the text.
You can also specify the subtitle's footer only and in this case the text between two
footers will be considered as the subtitle's body.
The already located subtitle's header and footer sections will be additionally checked if
they consist any time code for the in and out cues.

3. Extract the subtitle text

After the subtitles has been located, EZConvert will interpret all the individual lines in the
subtitle using the Row Delimiter.
The Italic Start and Italic End options should be used if you wish to keep the italic
formatting of the text.
If the Italic End field is empty that means that Italic Start just flips the italic attribute.

Preview
Any time you make any changes at the Custom Import dialog, you can press the Preview
button and have a quick review of the file and check if the text and the time code will be
correctly imported.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 109

Please note that due to the limitations of the preview window the italic text is
surrounded by "<" and ">" marks.
If there is nothing displayed in the Preview you have to adjust the Import Settings,
because they don't match the layout of the imported file.

Load/Save templates
When you tune all the parameters, you can save them as a template and you won't need
to enter the same settings again and again when you have to handle more files of the
same type.

Parameters

Code Page Specifies the text file encoding. More about selecting the
proper code page you can find in Plain ASCII/Unicode Text
Files topic.
The code page field is not available if you are importing RTF
or .doc files.
Force subtitle text This option can be used when the imported text has some
bottom empty rows bellow the last text line. EZConvert will always
place the subtitles on the bottom row.
Regular expression You can use regular expressions or direct match when
syntax specifying the pattern parameters. More about the regular
expression syntax you can find later in this topic.
Comment line You can define the pattern used in the file as a comment.
Comments will be imported and saved to the output as
long as the selected output format supports commentaries.
Subtitles begin These identifies where the subtitles begin and end if there
Subtitles end is header or footer section in the file. You can leave them
empty when there are no header or footer sections.
Subtitle header The Subtitles header and footer are used to locate the
Subtitle footer individual subtitles. At least one of them must be
specified.
Usually the Subtitles Header/Footer sections contain the
timecodes so please remember to properly include the
<in_cue>, <out_cue> tags in your pattern.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

110 EZConvert User Guide

Row delimiter Using the row delimiter the text between the subtitle
header and footer is divided into individual lines. It is
important to define it correctly.
Otherwise the text won't be properly wrapped in
EZConvert.
Italic start The Italic Start/Stop options are useful to locate and read
Italic stop the text when it is italics formatted.
If you leave the Italic Start option open, EZConvert won't
import any italic formatted text.
If the Italic End field is empty that means that Italic Start
just flips the italic attribute
Reset italic on new line By switching this option on each text line will start with
italics turned off.
Reset italic on new By switching this option on each subtitle will start with
subtitle italics turned off.
Subtitle layout The available options are In- and Out-cues and In-cues
only.
As the name of the first layout suggests the program looks
for In- and Out-cues in the subtitle header and footer.
The second option is mostly used for Closed Captions. The
subtitles are chained and there are no Out-cues. When the
next In-cue is reached the subtitle simply pops-up.
If there are no subtitles for some period of time the next
subtitle is without text. Here is an example of such layout:

10:00:00:00 The first subtitle.

10:00:02:00 and the next one pops-up now.
10:00:04:00
10:00:24:00 This one appears after 20 s gap.

Pattern syntax and Tags

The parameters explained in the Custom Import setup represent search patterns. If no
Regular Expression option is selected the text specified with these patterns will be
searched for a direct match with the text in the file. Exception are the Tags which have to

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 111

be surrounded by "<", ">" and will instruct the program to search for the following
attributes:

<in_cue>, Subtitles' in- and out-cues. By default the timecode format is

<out_cue> HH:MM:SS:FF. If the timecode in your file is formatted differently you
can specify the pattern by using the following form of syntax: <in_cue
hh:mm:ss.ff> (note that the frames are separated with “.”). The format
timecode patterns are explained later in this topic.

<space> The <space> tag is used to instruct EZConvert that the next symbol is
either a space or tab character.

<dur> Duration of the subtitle. The duration is formatted as SS:FF by default,

but you can change it by specifying another pattern.
Thus if you want to separate the seconds and frames by “.”, specify
<dur ss.ff>. The format timecode patterns are explained later in this
topic.

<num> This is the subtitle sequential number. Actually this can be used to
represent any number in the subtitle header, footer, etc.

<sttl_num> Subtitle number as it is in EZConvert. Contains number and an optional

letter. For example if there are subtitles numbered 3 and 3a, etc.

<skip_eol> Skip any characters until the end of the line is reached. Please note that
you are placed at the end of the line and not at the start of the next
line.
To skip everything until the beginning of the next line use
"<skip_eol><new_line>"

<new_line> New line.

<tab> Tab character is expected.

<cr> Cartridge return character (ASCII code 13).

<lf> Linefeed character (ASCII code 10).

Format Timecode Patterns:

In-, out-cues and duration representation are customizable by using timecode format
patterns.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

112 EZConvert User Guide

Here are some examples: " hh:mm:ss:ff", "hh:mm:ss.ff", "hh:mm:ss.nn",

"hh:mm:ss.nnn", "feet+ff", "feet.ff", "ms", "frames", etc., where:
hh - hours, mm - minutes, ss - seconds, ff - frames, nnn - miliseconds, nn - 10
miliseconds (1/100 seconds),
ms - the whole time is in miliseconds, frames - the whole time is in frames.
feet - used to specify 35mm feet/frames timecode. Must be followed by a separator
("+", "." ...) and frames. 1 feet = 16 frames.

Regular expressions

Regular expressions provide a powerful way to precise the patterns and perform
comprehensive searching when the corresponding option from the Custom Import dialog
is switched on.
In addition to the standard syntax you can use the tags described above. This way the
pattern:
^<num>\s+<in_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn>\s+<out_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn>.*(<new_line>)?

will match any line in the following form:

433 00:43:23,270 00:43:25,439 2,169 L

EZConvert uses a fairly standard regular expression syntax and you can search the
Internet for any guide as reference. Here is a brief list of the symbols used:
. Any character except new line.
\s Any whitespace character - space or tab.
\S Any non-whitespace character.
\d Any digit.
\D Any non-digit.
+ One or more instances of the previous symbol.
* Zero or more instances of the previous symbol.
? Zero or one instances of the previous symbol.
{n} n instances of the previous symbol.
{n,m} From n to m instances.
{n,} At least n instances.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 113

^ Start of line.
$ End of line.
\ Escape character. If for example you want to search for "$" you have to
specify "\$".

More on how the regular expression works can be found at:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

114 EZConvert User Guide

Examples

Here are two examples on how to perform the custom text import option on two
different type of files.

Example I.
If you are sent a file with subtitles listed as:
1 Here the first row represents the
subtitles' number.
00:00:39,254 --> 00:00:44,384 The second row contains the timecode
for the in- and the out- cues.
ПОРТОКАЛ С And the next two rows represents the
subtitles' text.
ЧАСОВНИКОВ МЕХАНИЗЪМ

2
00:01:40,982 --> 00:01:42,692
<i>Това съм аз.</i> The whole row is in italic

3
00:01:43,151 --> 00:01:45,862
<i>Алекс и моите трима друзя.</i>

4
00:01:46,112 --> 00:01:49,783
Пит, Джорджи и Дим.

Choose File\Import\Custom text Format from the EZConvert menu. When the
import window appears you will be needed to do as explained below.
First choose the appropriate Code Page. As in this example it should be 1251 ANSI
Cyrillic.
As you have looked at the file you are trying to import you are well aware at this point
that no Regular expression syntax is needed so you just have to leave that checkbox
unchecked.
There are no comments in the file either as well as there are no file header or footer so
subtitle begin or subtitle end fields should be left empty.
What you need to fulfill is the subtitle header field. And you can do this by entering:
<num><new_line><in_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn> --> <out_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn><skip_eol><

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 115

<num> should represent the subtitles number as listed with the first row of the original
file.
<new_line> should be applied because the timecode is placed over a new row below the
subtitles number.
<in_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn> --> <out_cue hh:mm:ss,nnn> represents the timecode in- and
out-cues for the current subtitle. Note that between the in- and out- cue a separator is
used. In this case it is a "-->" but it could be just about any symbol so you have to check
it with the original file and apply it correctly in EZConvert. Make sure you have left a
blank space between the beginning and the end of the separator if needed.
Then you should apply <skip_eol> to skip any other character until the end of the line is
reached.
<new_line> is used in this case because the subtitle text is located on the next row after
the header.
After you have set the subtitles header you should move on to the Row delimiter field.
In this case it should be <new_line> because the individual text rows are separated by a
new line.
If the file you are trying to import has some characters listed in italic you could import
them as well by applying <i> at the Italic Star field and </i> at the italic stop next to it.
With the subtitles footer field you should apply <new_line><new_line> as in the original
file there always are a new line before each separate subtitle.
Then you should check your work by clicking on the Preview button.
After a few seconds EZConvert will display the imported subtitles exactly as they will
appear within the program.

Example II.
If you are given a file with subtitles listed as:
c 3 00000002 00000065 'Life and how to live it' 'Episode 1' 0
c 1 00000345 00000415 'In fact every end is a beginning.' 'As well
as every beginning is an end in fact.' 0
c 1 00000417 00000489 'Hello Jonathan.' '-Hello Jane. How are you?'
0
c 1 00000493 00000579 'Doing time, you know. Same thing different
day. How about you?' 0
Here the in- and out- cues are represented not with minutes, seconds and etc. but with
frames. Next to that the subtitles lines are surrounded by ' character.
Here is how you should import this into EZConvert.
Choose custom text import as explained with the previous example.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

116 EZConvert User Guide

This time the Regular expressions syntax will be used.

Then in order for EZConvert to import the subtitles correctly you must put down this at
the subtitles header field:
\D\s\d\s<in_cue frames>\s<out_cue frames>\s'

\D is there to represent the non digit character at the beginning of each line in the
original file. In this case its the "c".
\s should be applied to explain the blank space after the first character.
\d is there to tell EZConvert that right after there is a digit. In this case "1".
Then another \s should be applied to represent the next blank space between the
characters.
<in_cue frames> should stand for the timecode is in frames with the original file.
The next \s is there for the blank space between the in- and out- cues. Then <out_cue
frames> should be applied. And \s' is needed to represent the next blank space and the
next quote character.
The next step is specifying the Row delimiter. In this case it should be '\s' as it is seen in
the file.
Then you need to specify the subtitles footer. In this example it should be:
'\s\d<new_line>

' is there to represent the end of the line. Then an \s is applied to mark the blank space in
the original file. The \d should be used to skip the "0" character and then a <new_line> is
applied to mark that the current subtitle is over and the next one will begin with the next
row in the original file.
The next step should be to preview the imported subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 117

6.2. Extended Formats

We classify as Extended the following file formats:
Compress PAC (.pac)
Unicode PAC (.fpc)
890 Files (.890)
Win2020 ASCII (.txt)
Substation Alpha (.ssa/.ass)
Swift Interchange (.sif)
Universal Subtitle Format (.usf)
DAS Files (.das)
Softitler Files (.txt)
Avid DS Nitris (.txt)
OVR Files (.ovr)
SUB Files (.sub)
VDPC files

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

118 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.1. Compressed PAC Files (.PAC)

The PAC format does not contain information about the encoding and fonts used in the
file.Below is used to select the encoding in accordance with Screen's standards.

PAC Import Configuration

Note: If your current project mode is PAC (Project Type), then the languages configured
are automatically applied to the import settings.
There are two different PAC file formats. So if the file you are importing is not correctly
loaded displaying red symbols instead of italics, then you need to check the PU2020
Italic option when loading the file
It is important to mention that the vertical position of the text depends on the line
number it is placed on. There is no bottom, top or center vertical position with the .PAC
files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 119

6.2.2. Unicode PAC files (.fpc)

Unicode PAC files work similarly to the Compressed PAC files but in contrast all
characters are encoded as Unicode UTF which extends the number of supported
languages and characters.
It isn't necessary to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file
format. The program will automatically read all of the available presentation information
about positioning, alignment, colors and effects.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

120 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.3. Win2020 ASCII Files

Win2020 ASCII File Import Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 121

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

It is recommended to switch the Include Italics on. The program will interpret the special
italic start/stop tags and import the corresponding text as italicized.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

122 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.4. 890 Files

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.
The program will automatically read all the text and its attributes like position,
alignment, color and .890 specific fonts configuration.
It is important to mention that the vertical position of the text depends on the line
number it is placed on. There is no bottom, top or center vertical position with the .890
files.

Note: EZConvert will not automatically switch the Project Settings to 890 mode and you
may need to manually change it at the Project Settings/Type menu.
Importing the .890 file will automatically apply the fonts used with it onto your current
Project Settings as well.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 123

6.2.5. SubStation Alpha SSA/ASS Files

Sub Station Alpha format provides support for extensive number of features including
details about the Safe Area margins and font information. Upon importing SSA or ASS file
EZTitles offers the possibility to load the original settings saved in the input fie:

Overwrite EZTitles detects and displays what the original margins in the
Safe Area input SSA/ASS file are. By clicking on the respective checkbox
Margins they will overwrite the current Safe Area values in the Project
Settings.
Overwrite EZTitles detects which are the fonts used input SSA/ASS file and
Fonts by clicking on the respective checkbox will overwrite the fonts in
Project Settings.
Always Activating this option will display the Import configuration
show on dialog each time an ASS/SSA file will be loaded.
import If Always show on import has been deactivated, then last
selected options will automatically be applied when importing
ASS/SSA files.To change the selected options simply go to
File/Advanced Import, select the SubstationAlpha option from
the list and press the Config button to the bottom left.
RTL RTL Reorder option is intended for use with Right-to-Left
Reorder languages. It solves the problem with incorrectly displayed
punctuation marks, Latin text, etc.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

124 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.6. Swift Interchange (.sif) Files

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.
The program will automatically read all the text and its exact position on the screen.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 125

6.2.7. Universal Subtitling Format (.usf)

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.
The program will automatically read all the text and its exact position on the screen.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

126 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.8. DAS Files

DAS Files Import Configuration

Format tags

Additional format information in form of @+, @n, @|, etc. tags can be included with DAS
files.
Select Use format tags option to instruct the program to interpret these tags.
Furthermore, you can specify to apply the formatting or to ignore (skip) the unknown
tags.
EZConvert recognizes the vertical position tags only: @^, @+ and @|
If this option is unchecked all format tags will be imported as subtitle text.

Code page

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You can
also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:

1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 127

1254 ANSI Turkish

1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any
of the world's writing systems
65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

128 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.9. Softitler TXT Files

Softitler TXT import configuration

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You can
also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 129

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

It is recommended to switch the Include Italics on. The program will interpret the special
italic start/stop tags and import the corresponding text as italicized.
This file format doesn't support vertical position, alignment or outline and box effects.
The file will be imported with the project's default attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

130 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.10. SoftNI (.sub) Files

Import SoftNI import configuration

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You can
also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 131

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

The SoftNI format supports vertical positioning, horizontal alignment, justification and
positioning, italics, text color and boxing effects.
If the input file contains additional formatting parameters that EZConvert doesn't
currently support they will be displayed as part of the subtitle. You can use Ignore
Unknown Tags to prevent this and discard such formatting parameters/tags.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

132 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.11. Avid DS Nitris Files

Import Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 133

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

This file format doesn't support vertical position, alignment, italics or outline and box
effects. The file will be imported with the project's default attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

134 EZConvert User Guide

6.2.12. SUB Files

Import Configuration

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. Here is a
list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

It is not recommended to change the Normal and Italic style values. They are used within
the file to define whether the text is italic or not.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 135

6.2.13. OVR Files

OVR Import Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

136 EZConvert User Guide

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

This file format doesn't support vertical position, alignment or outline and box effects.
The file will be imported with the project's default attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 137

6.2.14. VDPC Files

Import Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. The
VDPC files use the DOS encodings and you should specify the code page from the list of
DOS only encodings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

138 EZConvert User Guide

6.3. Timed Text formats

The Timed Text category enlists all subtitling formats derivative from the general "Timed
Text (TT) Authoring Format 1.0 (DFXP)" specifications:
TTML ver.1. & TTML ver.2 Timed Text
IMSC ver. 1 & IMSC ver. 1.1
EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT & EBU-TT-D, EBU-TT & EBU-TT-D for BBC)
SMPTE-TT Subtitles
Netflix Timed Text
Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)
Disney IMSC 1.1
OOYALA Timed Text
NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)
Paramount Pictures TTML
Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (.imscr)

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 139

6.3.1. TTML ver.1/ TTML ver.2

EZConvert will automatically recognize and interpret the text's color, position and
alignment from the input Timed Text but there’d still be several options that should be
configured manually:

Timed Text Import Options

Using the Compatibility drop-down the user can make EZConvert interpret the input file
as if it complies with the general TTML or the IMSC v.1 specifications. This might be
needed because certain parameters and attributes may render differently between the
two specifications.
We, however, recommend using the AUTO option. This way EZConvert will check which
of the specific TTML or IMSC v.1 namespaces are specified in the input file and will
handle it accordingly.
Auto Recognize Timing Format - by using it EZConvert will try to identify whether the
time is expressed as Media Time or SMPTE Timecode according to the ttp:timeBase
attribute declared in the heading section. If ttp:timeBase isn't present, then the time
expression will be treated as if it was Media Time: ttp:timeBase="media".
If the automatic recognition option cannot identify the time expressions used in the file,
for example the ttp:timeBase isn't declared but at the same time you are certain the
timing is expressed as SMPTE timecode, then it should be switched off so the correct
timing format could then be selected:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

140 EZConvert User Guide

SMPT Timing is expressed as SMPTE Timecode in the format: HH:MM:SS:FF

E
MEDI There are couple of valid timing expressions : HH:MM:SS:FF,
A HH:MM:SS.NN (10 miliseconds), HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds),
Frames, Seconds, Miliseconds and Ticks.

Import of Ooyala Timed Text files

Ooyala Timed Text files have the unique feature to contain more than a single language.
Respectively, when such multilingual file needs to be imported, the following window will
pop up asking which subtitle track should be loaded:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 141

6.3.2. IMSC ver.1/IMSC ver. 1.1

EZConvert will automatically recognize and interpret the text's color, position and
alignment from the input IMSC but there would still be several options that could be
configured manually:

IMSC Import Options

Using the Compatibility drop-down the user can make EZConvert interpret the input file
as if it complies with the general TTML or the IMSC v.1 specifications. This might be
needed because certain parameters and attributes may render differently between the
two specifications. We, however, recommend using the AUTO option. This way
EZConvert will check which of the specific TTML or IMSC v.1 namespaces are specified in
the input file and will handle it accordingly.
The timing information section should be used to correctly identify the format of the
time expression used in the Timed Text file.
Auto Recognize Timing Format - by using it EZConvert will identify whether the time is
expressed as Media Time or SMPTE Timecode according to the ttp:timeBase attribute
declared in the heading section of the file. If ttp:timeBase isn't present, then the time
expression will be treated as if it was Media Time: ttp:timeBase="media".
If the automatic recognition cannot identify the time expressions used in the file, for
example the ttp:timeBase isn't declared but at the same time you are certain the timing
is expressed as SMPTE timecode, then the timing format could be selected manually:
SMPT Timing is expressed as SMPTE Timecode in the format: HH:MM:SS:FF
E
MEDI There are couple of valid timing expressions: HH:MM:SS:FF,
A HH:MM:SS.NN (10 miliseconds), HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds),
Frames, Seconds, Miliseconds and Ticks.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

142 EZConvert User Guide

6.3.3. EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT, EBU-TT-D) XML files

EZTitles supports couple of subtitle formats based on the EBU-TT and EBU-TT-D
specifications, respectively EBU-TECH 3350, EBU-TECH 3360 and EBU-TECH 3380, as well
as the customized XML files according to BBC's subtitle guidelines:
http://bbc.github.io/subtitle-guidelines/#FILE-FORMAT.
It isn't necessary to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file
format. The program will automatically recognize it's specific format, read all the text, its
position, alignment and color.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 143

6.3.4. SMPTE-TT Subtitels (.xml)

It isn't necessary to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file
format. The program will automatically read all the text, its position, alignment and color
and will in addition offer you the choice to Word Wrap any longer lines:

EZTitles supports for import Text-Only profile SMPTE-TT files. Imaged-based SMPTE-TT
subtitles can only be exported.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

144 EZConvert User Guide

6.3.5. Netflix Timed Text (NFLX) DFXP Files

Text, positioning, alignment and colors applied to a Netflix-TT file will be automatically
recognized and read from the input .dfpx/.xml file.
In addition, there are the following two options which you may decide to use:

Word Wrap By activating this option longer text lines from the
input file will be wrapped according to the current
characters per line and font size settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 145

6.3.6. Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

146 EZConvert User Guide

6.3.7. Import Disney IMSC 1.1

Text, positioning, alignment and colors applied to the subtitles in a Disney+ IMSC 1.1 file
will be automatically recognized and read from the input file.
In addition, there are the following two options which you may decide to use:

Word Wrap By activating this option longer text lines from the
input file will be wrapped according to the current
characters per line and font size settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 147

6.3.8. OOYALA Timed Text

Ooyala Timed Text files have the unique feature to contain more than a single language.
Respectively, when such multilingual file needs to be imported, the following window will
pop up asking which subtitle track should be loaded:

All other attributes and parameters will be read automatically during the import.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

148 EZConvert User Guide

6.3.9. NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)

No special import configurations are required when importing file in the NBCUniversal
IMSC 1.1 format. EZTitles will automatically read all positioning and formatting
information from it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 149

6.3.10. Paramount Pictures TTML

No special import configurations are required when importing file in the Paramount
Pictures TTML format. EZTitles will automatically read all positioning and formatting
information from it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

150 EZConvert User Guide

6.3.11. Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (*.imscr)

Imsc-Rosetta is a new IMSC/TTML compliant file format. It supports wide range of

features and styling options as it's intended to serve as reliable intermediate when
converting between various proprietary formats. In this respect, there are a lot of
similarities between Imsc-Rosetta and EZConvert and a very few number of
features/styles that are present in EZConvert but not in Imsc-Rosetta, or vice-versa.
Importing and Imsc-Rosetta file in EZTitles offers a single configuration option:

Enabling the Override Project Settings option may change your current Project Settings,
as indicated on the image above. We recommend using the Override... option when the
goal is to delivery subtitles that match the original Imsc-Rosetta file as close as possible.
Imsc-Rosetta, as mentioned earlier, supports wide array of features, styling options and
effects applicable to Open and SDH Subtitles, Closed Captions and Japanese subtitling.
The later include horizontal groups, ruby and bouten/emphasis annotations and
vertically oriented subtitles. Full documentation of the supported features is available
on their GitHub page.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 151

6.4. DVD/NLE Authoring formats

The DVD/NLE Authoring formats category enlists the type of outputs commonly used
with different authoring and NLE systems:
Final Cut Pro XML
Apple DVD Studio Pro & Spruce STL Text Script
Adobe Encore DVD Text Script
Sony DVD Architect Script
Roxio DVDit Pro Script

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

152 EZConvert User Guide

6.4.1. Final Cut Pro XML Files

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.
The program will automatically read all the text and its exact position on the screen.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 153

6.4.2. Apple DVD Studio Pro and Spruce STL Text Script

Import Configuration

You need first to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

154 EZConvert User Guide

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

It is recommended to switch the Include Italics on. The program will interpret the special
italic start/stop tags and import the corresponding text as italicized.
If the file you wished to import comes in some non Latin language like Greek, Arabic,
even some European language, it will most probably contain the TAB symbol as the
default attributes delimited. Check the Tab Delimited option to read the file correctly.
Please note that effects such as outline or box are not supported by this format.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 155

6.4.3. Adobe Encore DVD Script

Import Configuration

Here you need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

156 EZConvert User Guide

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

This file format doesn't support vertical position, alignment or outline and box effects.
The file will be imported with the project's default attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 157

6.4.4. Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script

Import Configuration

You need first to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. You
can also import native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files.
There’s a warning message displayed if you’re working in a non-Unicode mode and trying
to import a Unicode text file. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

158 EZConvert User Guide

65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bounded to any language. Combines characters in any of
the world's writing systems

This file format doesn't support vertical position, alignment or outline and box effects.
The file will be imported with the project's default attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VI. Import Subtitles 159

6.4.5. Roxio DVDIt Pro Subtitle Script

You don't need to take any special actions while importing subtitles from this file format.
Their alignment and vertical position on the screen will be skipped and the text will be
displayed with the project's default alignment and position.
Effects such as outline and box are not supported.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part VII.
Export Subtitles
 Part VII. Export Subtitles 161

When the Export command is selected from the File/Export menu or toolbar button
is pressed, the following dialog box appears:

Export Subtitles Dialog

The list with all available subtitle formats for export is divided into subcategories which
are directly related to the number of supported by EZConvert license edition file formats.
If the license edition that have ordered doesn't support some of the subtitle formats,
they will simply be grayed out in the list.
All formats enlisted into the Closed Captions formats category are discussed later with
the Import/Export Closed Captions topic.
After selecting the format to export your subtitles into, you can click on the Config
button to the bottom left, to bring up the options which may require additional

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

162 EZConvert User Guide

configuration and may vary depending on the selected subtitle format. Detailed
explanation for all available options for each one of the supported file formats can be
found in the topics that follow the current one.
If the Config button is disabled, i.e it's grayed out, this means that either there are no
additional options for it to be configured or they will be shown up once you press the
Export button.
Once configured for a certain format, these settings are stored and you don't need to do
the configuration again on the next export.
EZConvert does also provide unique function that allows you to select how many and
which subtitles will be saved to the exported file by using the options that will show up
after pressing the Range button.

Export range of subtitles

EZTitles does also provide unique function that allows you to select how many and which
subtitles will be saved to the exported file by pressing the Export range of subtitles
checkbox.
Include both subtitles tracks - the option becomes available only if the current project
has a secondary subtitle track and the selected export format supports asynchronous
subtitles on two tracks. The option will be selected by default for export formats
supporting subtitles on two tracks.
Otherwise, if the option is disabled or the export format doesn't support subtitles on
two tracks, only the subtitles from the currently selected track will be saved in the
output file.

Favorites

The user can create list with "favorite", most frequently used, export formats by clicking
the bullet on the right side of each particular export format. To remove any of them from
the favorites category it's only necessary to click on the bullet again.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 163

7.1. Standard formats

We classify as Standard the following file formats:
EBU STL (.stl)
EBU STL for ARTE (.stl)
DLP Cinema (.xml)
DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) (.xml)
WebVTT (.vtt)
Videotron Lambda (.cap)
SubRip (.srt)
MicroDVD (.sub)
Webcast - Media Player (.sami)
Plain ASCII/Unicode (.txt)
RTF/DOC
Excel XLS and XLSX
QuickTime Text (.txt)
Custom Text Export

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

164 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.1. EBU(.STL) Files

General Options

To export an EBU file, first select the type of the subtitles: Open, Teletext level 1 or
Teletext level 2.

EBU Export Configuration

Character Code Table This is the encoding of the subtitles text. Be sure that the
right Character Code Table is selected.
The available choices are: Latin, Latin/Cyrillic,
Latin/Greek, Latin/Arabic and Latin/Hebrew.
Header Code Page This is the encoding of the text information stored in the
file header like program title, episode, translator's name,
etc.
Custom Code Page Enables custom code page, up to 3 digits as per EBU STL
specifications, to be specified for the exported file. The
option becomes available after setting Header Code Page
to Other.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 165

Compatibility The option is available only when exporting Open EBU

STL file and provides two selectable choices currently:
Ayato - offers pre-defined set of parameters which
works best for files that will be previewed by the
Ayato software: 23 rows per subtitle and double-
height are set.
General - all of the parameters can be configured
manually.
Characters per Row The Characters per Row parameter is very important for
teletext subtitles. The default value is 38. If the line is
longer than the selected value, the extra characters are
truncated.
please note that the control codes for formats like italic
start/stop, color codes, double height, etc. are also
counted as used characters.
When exporting to the EBU file format, you may come
across this message:
The following rows have been truncated:

Below the message follows a list of the subtitles with

truncated rows (the characters outside the characters per
row limit are truncated).
Rows per subtitle Modifies the MNR in the GSI block to either 11, 23 or
100 rows. The default MNR for Open subtitles is 11 but
different vendors may require it modified in compliance
with their equipment.
Double Height Modifies the Vertical Position of the text as it has been
formatted in Double Height i.e. one subtitle row takes
two lines in the exported file.
NOTE: These options are available for Open subtitles only
and are intended to help in specific situations only.

Include Color Codes If you export open subtitles you might want to choose to
ignore the colors. Teletext subtitles always have color
codes.
Include Box ON/OFF This option is available for Open subtitles only and it will
control codes export "Start" and "End" box control codes for "box"
formatted subtitles in the output EBU file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

166 EZConvert User Guide

please mind Ghost Box, Ghost Stripe, Stripe, Block box

and Ghost Block Box all are considered as "box"
presentation effects.
Export center-left aligned EBU STL specifications doesn't support center-left aligned
subtitles as subtitles. Instead the editor can control how such will be
exported:
Left aligned
Center Aligned
Aligned by spaces - spaces characters are inserted
before the text to try and retain the center-left
aligned position of the text lines.
Please mind that many of the available client
requirements and specifications prohibit the use
of this method because as a result the spaces may
become visible.
Export Comments Saves the added to your subtitles comments to the
output STL file.
Force all Subtitles to This option is available only for teletext subtitles.
Double Height
Include Zero Subtitle Use this option if you want to include the zero subtitle in
the exported file.

You should know there is no vertical bottom, top or center position attributes with the
EBU files.
The vertical alignment is bound to the specific row number instead. For example, the top
aligned subtitles are exported onto line number one.
The EBU (.stl) subtitle format does also support underlined text for Open Subtitles only.
The underline formatting will not be available if Teletext subtitles are selected for export

Details

On the Details page you can enter some additional information which will be carried
along with the EBU file such as the Original Programme Title, Translated Programme
Title, Country of Origin and etc.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 167

EBU Export Configuration

Programme Programme Start is the timecode of the first frame of the

Start video which is intended for transmission. From the drop-
down menu you can choose between the following
options:
Manual - allows you manually type in the Programme
Start timecode.
Auto - automatically sets the Programme Start timecode
using the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the
closes hour. For example, if the first subtitle starts at
10:00:32:21, the Start of Message value will be
automatically set to 10:00:00:00.
Programme Start TC - automatically sets the value to the
Programme Start metadata attribute from the input file
(EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML).
Video Start TC - automatically gets the timecode of the
first video frame from the input file if available. (EZT and
EZTXML only support this metadata attribute).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

168 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.2. EBU for ARTE Files

This export option is designed to create EBU (.STL) files compatible with the latest ARTE
requirements.
There are various useful features intended to avoid the routine tasks like adding "S/T"
"U/T" subtitle at the beginning, "…" for the duration of long silences, etc.
Before starting an EBU ARTE convertion you should select the proper Project Properties:

Teletext subtitles:

Type Project Type: Teletext

Mode: Native/EBU
Video Format: PAL, 25 fps
Safe Area ARTE accept files containing maximum of 40 characters per line
including control codes but the number of usable characters (i.e.
without the control codes) shall not exceed 37 if the text is only in
white and 36 if it contains colors.
To accommodate this, set max. characters count to 38 in your
project settings. This number is greater than the limit because the
subtitles need to be formatted in Double Height which increases
the number of control codes added to the line by 1.
Programme Start Programme Start is the timecode of the first frame of the video
which is intended for transmission. From the drop-down menu
you can choose between the following options:
Manual - allows you manually type in the Programme Start
timecode.
Auto - automatically sets the Programme Start timecode using
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour. For
example, if the first subtitle starts at 10:00:32:21, the Start of
Message value will be automatically set to 10:00:00:00.
Programme Start TC - automatically sets the value to the
Programme Start metadata attribute from the input file (EBU STL,
EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML).
Video Start TC - automatically gets the timecode of the first video
frame from the input file if available. (EZT and EZTXML only
support this metadata attribute).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 169

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

170 EZConvert User Guide

Programme Details:
It is important to select the right language. It is used to write the language code in the
file header and to check for the allowed characters in the subtitles. The available
languages are German and French.
EZConvert automatically calculates the Programme Start TC from the first subtitle in-
cue. If it is not correct you need to change it manually.
Automate:
Here you can select various actions to be performed when exporting the subtitles.
According to ARTE specification blank subtitle should be positioned on the first frame of
the programme. Here you can select the corresponding option if you want the program
to add such a subtitle automatically.
Insert "S/T" "U/T" indication is automatically selected if the first subtitle appears more
than 2 minutes from the programme start. If this option is selected EZConvert will insert
German (U/T) or French (S/T) indication subtitle.
Place "..." for silence sequences longer than 20sec: this option is available only for
teletext subtitles. In accordance to the ARTE specification for silence sequences more
than 20 sec., 3 white dots without spaces are positioned on line 22 for the entire
duration of the silence.

File name:
These parameters are used to create the default file name. Enter the correct values if you
want to follow the ARTE rules for naming of subtitle files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 171

7.1.3. DLP Cinema XML Files

When exporting to this format, you will be provided with the following export dialog
which is displayed after you press the Export button:

DLP Cinema XML Export Configuration - General

Note: This export is optimized for Digital Cinema projects. It is recommended that you
have switched to Digital Cinema project type before summoning this export.
Also it is important that all settings are configured correctly especially the Safe Area and
Fonts. Please check Project Settings topic for detailed information about configuring your
project.

General

Version DCSubtitle versions 1.0 and 1.1 are supported. It is

important to set the correct version for text export
because some features like ruby characters,
horizontal scale and spacing are supported in version
1.1 only.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

172 EZConvert User Guide

Export subtitles as text You can export the subtitles as text or as images. The
Export subtitles as images image file format is PNG with transparency (alpha). In
the Files section described later you can specify the
image prefix.
The file name is generated as
"<prefix><sequential number>.png".
Title, ID, Reel Here you can specify some general information. The
subtitles ID is generated automatically, but you can
override it if you want to enter certain ID of your
choice.
The Title and Reel fields will automatically be filled in
with the contents of the Title and Reel/Code fields
from the file's details if the source subtitle file is an
.ezt or .eztxml.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been
detected from the source file or it can be selected
manually from the list. By default, the language is
specified by its name in the output file.
No region If the detected from the source file language contains
Region/Country code, the Region/Country code will
be removed.
Write RFC 4646 code Replaces the language name by its respective RFC
4646 code in its output file. For example, "Spanish"
will be replaced by "es" and when No Region is
switched off by "es-ES".
Note: We recommend to switch this option ON only
when requested. Older equipment may not be able to
recognize and work with RFC codes.

Files

Please note that you can export all the files in a specified folder or as a .ZIP archive. The
ZIP option is extremely useful when exporting the subtitles as images.

Subtitles XML file name This is the name of the generated XML presentation
data file. It is not necessary to enter the extension. If

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 173

it is not specified the program adds .xml

automatically.
Encoding The available options are UTF-8 and UTF-16
Create presentation list You can initiate the program whether to generate a
presentation list or not. It is an XML file containing
the subtitles ID and the presentation data file name.
The presentation list file name is generated by adding
"_list" to the subtitles XML file name.
Images prefix Available only for images export. The images file
names are generated as "<prefix><sequential
number>.png".

The <prefix> will automatically be replaced by the

name specified here. If it contains any space
characters, EZConvert will automatically replace them
with underscore "_".
And if you want the images to be exported in a
separate folder you can add the relative or absolute
path before the image prefix's name like this:
"images\<prefix>"
Crop Images Allows full frame images, in the same resolution as
the Project Settings, to be exported when the option
is switched off. By default the exported images will be
cropped to the size of the text block.
Output folder The folder where all files will be exported into.

Miscellaneous

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

174 EZConvert User Guide

DLP Cinema Fonts configuration

Fonts

Use When selected, no font attributes are included in the output file.
Standard
Font
Export Font The program can embed a .ttf font file together with the generated
File XML. Compress option can be used to reduce the True Type file's size.
Only the characters used in the subtitles are included in the font and
some information like PCL printer tables is also removed.
Override You can override the text color with the one specified to the right or
text color you can use the colors as they are already set for the current project.
Override The default option is None, while it can be also set to Border (draws
Effect colored border around each character) or Shadow (draws colored drop
shadow around each character), effect's color can be selected from the
palette.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 175

Note: Please mind the parameters for the specific display font and it's size as well as the
effect's size will automatically be taken from the project's properties Fonts and
Presentation Style.

Miscellaneous

Fade /Down time Shows fade up and fade down times measured in
ticks.
Apply frame rate conversion If your video file is a standard PAL or NTSC created
from the original 24 fps movie by using the standard
techniques like 2:3 pulldown or speed-up you can
use this option to convert the subtitles' timecode
back to 24fps.
Skip Subtitles without text If there are empty subtitles, which doesn't contain
any text, they will not be exported.
Renumber subtitles on Export Activating this option will renumber the exported
subtitles in order to get sequential subtitle
numbering in the output file. Sequential numbering
may be required for compliance with different DCP
packaging applications or DC systems in general.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

176 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.4. DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML Subtitles

When exporting to this format, you will be provided with the following export dialog
which is displayed after you press the Export button:

DCMD SMPTE 428 Export Configuration- General

Note: This export is optimized for Digital Cinema projects. It is recommended that you
have switched to Digital Cinema project type before summoning this export.
Also it is important that all settings are configured correctly especially the Safe Area and
Fonts. Please check Project Settings topic for detailed information about configuring your
project.

General

Export subtitles as text You can export the subtitles as text or as images. The
Export subtitles as images image file format is PNG with transparency (alpha).
In the Files section described later you can specify the
way the images file names are formatted.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 177

Version Changes the document version of the exported file.

Horizontal Scaling and Spacing are not supported by
the ST428-7-2007 version of the standard and are
supported by ST428-7-2010 and ST428-7-2014
editions.
Title, Language, ID, Reel Here you can specify some general information. The
subtitles ID is generated automatically, but you can
override it if you want to enter certain ID of your
choice.
The Title and Reel fields will automatically be filled in
with the contents of the Title and Reel/Code fields
from the file's details if the source subtitle file is an
.ezt or .eztxml.
Langauge Language will be filled automatically if it's been
detected from the source file or it can be selected
manually from the list. By default, the language is
specified by its RFC code ("en" for English, "es" for
Spanish, "fr" for French) and so on.
No Region Turning No Region off will change the default language
indication in the output file to Language +
Region/Country code. For example, French will
become "fr-fr", Spanish (Argentina) will become "es-
AR" and so on.
Write StartTime By specification the first subtitle's In Cue shall always
be greater or equal than the specified StartTime. From
the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - the StartTime attribute will not be saved in the
output file.
Manual - allows you manually enter the desired
StartTime.
Auto - automatically sets the StartTime to the closest
preceding hour. For example, if the first subtitle starts
at 01:02:00:00, the StartTime value will be
automatically set to 01:00:00:00.
Programme Start TC - automatically sets the value to
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata attribute
from the input file (EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

178 EZConvert User Guide

Video Start TC - automatically gets the video start

time value from the input (EZT and EZTXML only).
IssueDate Format Allows the time format for the IssueDate parameter to
be changed, the options available include:
Local + Timezone - the time format is composed of
Local Time and the current timezone, for example
2023-04-28T09:37:05+03:00.
Local - the time format is represented only by the
Local Time - 2023-04-28T09:37:05.
UTC - the time format is represented only by Local
Time calculated as UTC time - 2023-04-28T06:37:05Z.
Display Type Allows you to specify if the subtitles will be displayed
on a particular type of display.
The value you need to enter may vary from system to
system but "ClosedCaptions" is commonly accepted. If
left empty the subtitles will be displayed on the main
screen.

Files

Please note that you can export all the files in a specified folder or as a .ZIP archive. The
ZIP option is extremely useful when exporting the subtitles as images.

Subtitles XML file name This is the name of the generated XML presentation
data file. It is not necessary to enter the extension. If it
is not specified the program adds .xml automatically.
Encoding The available options are UTF-8 and UTF-16
Name Images as The individual image files could be named in two ways
by using the common naming convention
"<prefix><sequential number>.png" or in the
form of unique URN:UUID.
The second method may be required by some third
party DCP generation products.
Images prefix Available only for images export and if "Standard file
name" is selected in the previous option.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 179

The images file names are generated as

"<prefix><sequential number>.png".
The <prefix> will automatically be replaced by the
name specified here. If it contains any space
characters, EZConvert will automatically replace them
with underscore "_".
And if you want the images to be exported in a
separate folder you can add the relative or absolute
path before the image prefix's name like this:
"images\<prefix>"
Crop Images Allows full frame images, in the same resolution as the
Project Settings, to be exported when the option is
switched off. By default the exported images will be
cropped to the size of the text block.
Output folder The folder where all files are placed.

Miscellaneous

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

180 EZConvert User Guide

DCMD SMPTE 428 Export Configuration- Font

Fonts
The SMPTE specification allows two different fonts to be used with the output XML file.
The applied Effects however are common for both of them.

Font 1/2 According the SMPTE 428-7 specification the fonts are identified by
URI URI-s. If necessary you can write your own URI-s or any other text here
or use the buttons on the right to generate new random ones.
Auto Automatically generates new, unique URI's for the exported fonts.
generate
Font URI
Export Font The program can embed a .ttf font file together with the generated
File XML. Compress option can be used to reduce the True Type file's size.
Only the characters used in the subtitles are included in the font and
some information like PCL printer tables is also removed.
Override You can override the text color with the one specified to the right or
Text Color you can use the colors as they are already set for the current project.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 181

Override The default option is None, while it can be also set to Border (draws
effect colored border around each character) or Shadow (draws colored drop
shadow around each character), effect's color can be selected from the
palette.
Note: It's possible to change applied effect's (Border or Shadow) size
or turn on additional Feather effect, when exporting ST428-7-2014
compliant file.

Note: Please mind the parameters for the specific display font and it's size as well as the
effect's size will automatically be taken from the project's properties Fonts and
Presentation Style.

Miscellaneous

Fade /Down Shows fade up and fade down times measured in ticks.
time
Apply frame If your video file is a standard PAL or NTSC created from the original 24
rate fps movie by using the standard techniques like 2:3 pulldown or
conversion speed-up you can use this option to convert the subtitles' timecode
back to 24fps.
Skip If there are empty subtitles, which doesn't contain any text, they will
Subtitles not be exported.
without text
Renumber Activating this option will renumber the exported subtitles in order to
subtitles on get sequential subtitle numbering in the output file. Sequential
Export numbering may be required for compliance with different DCP
packaging applications or DC systems in general.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

182 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.5. WebVTT (.vtt) Files

The WebVTT format (Web Video Text Tracks) is a format intended for marking up
external text track resources. HTML5 standard uses it to display captions in
synchronization with a video or audio material in the user's web browser.
WebVTT exported from EZTitles support vertical subtitles and ruby characters.
Although, by specifications, WebVTT shall be delivered as Unicode UTF-8 encoded files,
you can change the output's file code page:

Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.

This may be required for subtitle projects that do not start
from 00:00:00:00, they are offset by an hour or more.
Most video players assume the video always plays from
00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles that
are offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 183

Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first

subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour.
For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
Horizontal position Activating this option saves the exact horizontal position of
the text using the "align" and "position" attributes.
Vertical position WebVTT specifications allow vertical position to be
represented in two different ways- by specifying the display
line from the bottom or top of the picture or by setting the
exact offset in percent.
Escape Right-to-Left and Right-to-Left and Left-to-Right marks can be "escaped" by
Left-to-Right marks inserting their hexadecimal codes according to the selected
Unicode (UTF-8, UTF-16) code-page: LRM and RLM.
If non-Unicode code-page is selected, then the default
"&lrm" and "&rlm" escape codes will be used.
Write subtitle numbers Saves subtitle numbers in the output WebVTT file as cue
as cue identifiers identifiers. Indexes (1a, 2c, 3b, etc) will be discarded and
the output will be renumbered automatically.
Export in Bold Exports all subtitles text as bold.
Export CSS Style Saves color information inline, as CSS style, into the
exported WebVTT file's header.
Export Comments By clicking this option the comments you have added to
your subtitles will also be exported in the output file.
Export Zero Subtitle Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the
exported file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

184 EZConvert User Guide

Note: Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color
is configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 185

7.1.6. Videotron Lambda (.cap) Files

The Videotron Lambda (.cap) file format is one of just the couple subtitle file formats
with extensive support for the Korean, Japanese and Chinese languages. It is
acknowledged as the preferred exchange format for subtitles in these languages because
of its ability to preserve vertical text, horizontal groups of non-Asian characters, ruby
characters and overlapping subtitles.
By proceeding with the export the following dialog will appear asking you to select Code
Page for the output file:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

186 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.7. SubRip (.srt) Files

When exporting to this format, you will be provided with the following export dialog
which is displayed after you press the Export button:

SRT Export Config

All the decisions you have to make are explained bellow:

You need to select the encoding of your file. It can be either UTF-8, ANSI
CodePage
or any of the available in the list.
RTL Currently, most of the filters, used by digital video player programs, have
Reorder an issue with the display of Right-to-Left languages - the punctuation
marks at the end of the lines are incorrectly displayed at the beginning.
The RTL Reorder option can be used to solve this problem and have
visually acceptable subtitles in right-to-left language.
Insert RTL Insert RTL / LTR marks will work only when the RTL Reorder is selected
/ LTR and the selected Code Page is Unicode (UTF-8 or UTF-16). The program
Marks will then insert the so called RTL or LTR control codes, available only in
Unicode, to properly indicate display direction for the text that follows.
Export Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.
Zero
Subtitle
Export When this option is switched on the color formatting will be saved in the
Colors output .srt file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 187

Export in Exports all subtitles text as bold.

Bold
Export When this option is switched on all the italics formatting will be saved in
Italics the exported .srt file.
Export When this option is switched on the underline formatting will be saved in
Underline the output .srt file.
Export H Exports Horizontal and Vertical alignment of the text.
and V
alignmen
t
Export "\N" is added for each raised row.
Raised
Export Exports text's position as "X", "Y" coordinates in pixels according to the
Display selected in Project Settings resolution (Video Format).
Coordinat
Note: Please keep in mind that this kind of positioning is rarely used and
es
most applications doesn't support it.
Recut/Off Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. This may be
set required for subtitle projects that do not start from 00:00:00:00, they are
offset by an hour or more. Most video players assume the video always
plays from 00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles that are
offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported with
their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue. All
timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue rounded
down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts
at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the input
file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or
EZTXML file formats only.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

188 EZConvert User Guide

Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 189

7.1.8. MicroDVD (.sub) Files

When exporting to this format, you will be provided with the following export dialog
which is displayed after you press the Export button:

MicroDVD SUB Export Config

All the decisions you have to make are explained bellow:

You need first to select the encoding of your file. It can be

CodePage
either UTF-8, ANSI or any of the available in the list.
RTL Reorder Currently, most of the filters, used by digital video player
programs, have an issue with the display of Right-to-Left
languages - the punctuation marks at the end of the lines
are incorrectly displayed at the beginning of the text line.
The RTL Reorder option can be used to solve this problem
and have visually acceptable subtitles in right-to-left
language.
Insert RTL / LTR Marks Insert RTL / LTR marks will work only when the RTL
Reorder is selected and the selected Code Page is Unicode
(UTF-8 or UTF-16). The program will then insert the so
called RTL or LTR control codes, available only in Unicode,
to properly indicate display direction for the text that
follows.
Export Zero Subtitle Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the
exported file.
Export Colors When this option is switched on the underline formatting
will be saved in the output file.
Export in Bold Exports all subtitles text as bold.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

190 EZConvert User Guide

Export Italics When this option is switched on, all the italics formatting
will be saved in the exported file.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
This may be required for subtitle projects that do not start
from 00:00:00:00, they are offset by an hour or more.
Most video players assume the video always plays from
00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles that
are offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first
subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour.
For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 191

7.1.9. Webcast - Media Player SAMI Files

SAMI file format was designed by Microsoft for adding captions to video files played in
Windows Media Player.
EZConvert can export SAMI files and corresponding ASX or HTML file with embedded
Windows Media Player object.
The SAMI Configuration dialog is displayed after you press the Export button:

SAMI Export Configuration

Subtitles Section Be sure to select the right language from the combo box at the
top of the window. Language codes are written to the file
depend on this selection.
If the source ID is distinguished as a separate font, by checking
the corresponding checkbox, you can specify which font
number is used for it.
Here you can also select whether to export the zero subtitle.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

192 EZConvert User Guide

For Western languages if Use HTML References is checked, the

special letters like å, ü, æ, etc. are written as HTML references
(&aring;, &uuml;, &aelig;) in the file.
HTML References are displayed correctly in Windows Media
Player, but there could be some problems with other players.
Close <P>, <SYNC> tags - according to the specification and
samples published on Microsoft's web page it is not necessary
for these tags to be closed.
However, there may be players which require all tags closed.
Fonts Here you can choose the font, size, style, color, etc. for the
subtitles and the source ID if available.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
This may be required for subtitle projects that do not start
from 00:00:00:00, they are offset by an hour or more. Most
video players assume the video always plays from 00:00:00:00
which creates synch issues with subtitles that are offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's
In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with the first
subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour. For example
if the first subtitle originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after
applying the recut it's start time will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available
in the input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU
STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the
input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
Preview Options In the Subtitles Preview section you can specify wether to
create an ASX or HTML file with an embedded video object.
WMP is the abbreviation for Windows Media Player. An ASX

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 193

file contains links to the video file and the subtitles (.smi) file
along with some metadata information like title, author, etc.
Using an ASX file you can open the video and subtitles directly
in Windows Media Player without using Internet Explorer. If
Create IE Embedded HTML File is checked, EZConvert creates
an HTML file with an embedded video object which references
the media and the subtitle files. The width, height and other
parameters of the video object can be specified in Video
Settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

194 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.10. Plain ASCII/Unicode Text Files

Here you can specify which elements to include in the exported file. The EZConvert ASCII
file structure is described in Appendix A. ASCII File Format used by EZConvert.

ASCII Export Configuration

First you need to select the encoding. Be sure to select the right encoding because
otherwise some characters could be lost in the exported file. List of commonly used
codepages is available at the end of this topic.

Export File Header The file header adds some general information
about the project like the information entered as
File Details when the source file is .ezt/.eztxml,
video's frame rate, timecode format and the max.
number of characters per row as defined at the
Project Settings/Safe Area menu.
Export Subtitle Header Here you can select which elements to include in the
subtitle header. The subtitle header is exported in
the following format:
<subtitle number> <in-cue> <out-cue>
<justification> <reading speed>
The reading speed information is the optimal
number of characters calculated from the subtitle's
duration and the reading speed parameters.
Include Italics The italic text is surrounded by "<" and ">" in the
exported file. Here you can select if you want to

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 195

format it this way or export it as normal text.

Include Font and Alignment The individual row alignment and the font number
can be included at the beginning of each text line in
the following form: [C1] that means centered row,
font 1.

List of commonly used code pages:

1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4
1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.
2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

196 EZConvert User Guide

9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 197

7.1.11. RTF/DOC

The advantage of the RTF is that it combines multiple scripts and the special and
language specific characters used in the subtitles are not lost in the export.
It can also contain certain elements of the formatting: italic text, row alignment,
foreground color and outline. The exported RTF is in the following form:
0002 10:00:16:03 10:00:21:01

They are considered some of the

most beautiful parrots,

0003 10:00:21:05 10:00:25:10

due to their beautiful and

striking colours.

Pressing the Config button, the following dialog appears:

Export RTF Configuration

First you can specify the font used in the RTF.

Include Italics and Underline Specify if you want to export the italic and underline
text properly formatted in the RTF file. If this option
is not selected it will be exported as normal text.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

198 EZConvert User Guide

Include Alignment The subtitles text will be properly aligned otherwise

it will be exported left justified.
Include Colors and Formatting Export color, outline and box attributes.
Export File Header The file header adds some general information
about the project like the information entered as
File Details when the source file is .ezt/.eztxml,
video's frame rate, timecode format and the max.
number of characters per row as defined at the
Project Settings/Safe Area menu.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 199

Export Zero Subtitle Switch it on if you want to include the zero subtitle
in the exported file.
Include Subtitle Number Here you can select which elements to include in the
Include In and Out Cues subtitle header. The subtitle header is exported in
Include Reading Speed the following format:
information <subtitle number> <in-cue> <out-cue> <justif
The reading speed information is the optimal
number of characters calculated from the subtitle's
duration and the reading speed parameters.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

200 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.12. Excel XLS and XLSX Workbook Files

With the Excel Workbook export you can save your subtitles directly as an MS Excel, XLS
and XLSX, file keeping all the alignment and format information like italics and underline.
Subtitles from the secondary track will also be exported as separate worksheet in the
output .XLS document.
In addition you can select to export colored text and Zero Subtitle. You can access the
export configuration options by pressing the Config button:

Excel Export Configuration

TimeCode Format Enables you to change timing expression for the exported
Excel file choosing between SMPTE Timecode
(HH:MM:SS:FF) and different Media Time expressions.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 201

Single Cell Saves subtitle's text into a single cell with line breaks to
indicate raised text.
Single Cell without line Each subtitle will be exported into individual cells but
breaks with no line breaks. Subtitles on two or more lines will
appear as a single line in the output Excel file.
Consecutive horizontal Exports subtitle's individual lines into different cells in
cells the output Excel file.
Consecutive horizontal Each line of text is saved to a different cell. The difference
cells with raised subtitles between this option and the previous one is that the
raised subtitles with empty lines will be saved as empty
cells in the output file.
Export Comments Exports comments inserted to the subtitles into
individual cell in the output file. Commentaries are
indicated by special tag: "comment>>"
Export duration and Adds three more columns in the output Excel document
reading speed for the subtitles duration, reading speed and total
number of characters in the subtitle.
Export Colors Exports color information to the output file.
Export subtitle numbers Exports subtitles' numbers in the first column of the
output XLS file.
Export Zero Subtitle When enabled saves the set in the file zero subtitle to the
exported file.
Consolidate whole Enabling this option to make sure there would be no
sentences sentences in the output file split between two or more
subtitles. Instead the whole sentence will be saved as a
single subtitle.
This option is intended for use mainly when working on
voice over translations.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

202 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.13. QuickTime Text

The QuickTime Text format is the easiest way to play your QuickTime .mov file along with
subtitles.
The subtitles are exported as a .SMIL file with associated text track. You have to define
the corresponding settings before the export:

QuickTime Text Export Settings

Font Here you can specify the font and its size. Using the Anti-
alias text option will make the subtitles look smooth.
Formatting Check the Include italics option to export your italic
formatted text. Include colors can be used for colored
subtitles.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
This may be required for subtitle projects that do not start
from 00:00:00:00, they are offset by an hour or more.
Most video players assume the video always plays from
00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles that
are offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 203

Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the

recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first
subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour.
For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
SMIL Each .SMIL file should point to the exact QuickTime movie
you made the subtitles for. Use the Browse button to
locate it.
It is suggested to export the .SMIL and the QuickTime Text
files into the folder that contains the associated video file.
Along with the video file you need to specify the size of the
video and captions windows. Video Width and Height
fields must contain the actual size of the picture in the
video file in pixels.
The Captions Window Height specifies the height of the
subtitles area in pixels when the movie is played in
QuickTime.
Consider you have titles on two lines and specify Caption
Height double the font size used for the text.
In addition the "Place captions window below video"
option allows you to place the subtitles in a separate
window below the movie, when checked, or over the video
when left off.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the
exported file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

204 EZConvert User Guide

7.1.14. Custom Text Export

Using this export you can create TXT, RTF, DOC, DOCX or XLS files with custom layout.
The options available are separated into two different groups based on the selected
format:
Plain Text and RTF/DOC/DOCX (without tables)
RTF/DOC/DOCX (with tables) and Microsoft Excel
Besides that, they all can use a number of parameters common to all of them with very
few exceptions.

File header and file footer

File header and file footer will add details at the beginning and/or at the end of the file.
New lines can be inserted to better separate them from the actual subtitles. Any "free"
text entered will be copied "as is" to the output while valid parameters will be replaced
by their respective values. All valid for use in the header or footer are:

<first_in_cue>, First subtitles' in-cue and last subtitles' out-cue. By default the
<last_out_cue> timecode is formatted as HH:MM:SS:FF.
If you want to export these cues in a different way you can
specify the pattern by using the following form: <in_cue
hh:mm:ss.ff> (the frames are separated with “.”).
The format timecode patterns will be explained later in this
topic.

<video_standard> The video format: PAL, NTSC, etc.

<frame_rate> Project's frame rate as set in Project Settings/Type.

<tc_standard> The timecode format used: 25fps, 30fps DROP_FRAME, 30fps

NON_DROP, 24fps

<programme_start_tc> Saves program's start timecode as read from .ezt or .eztxml

files or chooses the closest hour depending on first subtitle's
in-cue when converting from other sources or program's start
TC isn't available.

<created_on> The date and time when the file was exported.

<software_version> String in the following form: "EZConvert 6.0.1 PRO".

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 205

<directory> The folder where the scrip is exported.

<orig_title> The corresponding attributes from File/Details...

<orig_episode>
Those tags or parameters can also have special, conditional
<orig_lang>
usage, depending on how they are used. For more details,
<trans_title>
please check the Parameters with special usage section below.
<trans_episode>
<trans_lang>
<tape_id>
<reel_code>
<trans_name>

Subtitle section

Subtitle Header is the section that contains the subtitle's number, in-cue, out-cue and
other similar attributes.
Any "free" text entered will be copied "as is" to the output while valid parameters will be
replaced by their respective values. All valid for use in the header or footer are:

<in_cu Subtitles' in- and out-cues. By default the timecode is formatted as

e>, HH:MM:SS:FF.
<out_c If you want to export the timecode in a different way you can specify the
ue> pattern by using the following form: <in_cue hh:mm:ss.ff> (the frames are
separated with “.”).
The format timecode patterns are explained later in this topic.

<dur> Duration of the subtitle. The duration is formatted as SS:FF by default, but you
can change it by specifying another pattern.
Thus if you want to separate the seconds and frames by “.”, specify <dur ss.ff>.
The format timecode patterns are explained later in this topic.

<num> Sequential number, starting from 1. You can also specify number of digits and
width. If the number is shorter than the width it is right aligned by spaces.
If the number contains less than the specified number of digits, leading zeros
are inserted.
Thus if you enter <num:4> the result will look like: “0024”; as well: <num:4:6>
will produce: “ 0024”.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

206 EZConvert User Guide

<sttl_n Subtitle number as it is in EZConvert. Can contain number and a letter. In

um> general this is not the sequential number.

<chars_ Saves the total number of characters inserted in the subtitle to the output file.
count> Punctuation, spaces and half-width symbols are accounted if the respective
options are turned on from the Project Settings/Reading Speed menu.

<rs_cha The optimal number of characters calculated from the subtitle duration and
rs> the reading speed parameters.

<h_alig Horizontal alignment - "left", "center" or "right" is placed in the output.

n> Center-left aligned and not-aligned subtitles are exported as left. Actually the
alignment of the first non-empty row is used.
You can override the default values by using parameters: <h_align L, C, R, CL,
NA>
Left alignment is exported as "L", center as "C", right as "R", center-left as "CL"
and not-aligned as "NA". You can use any other values separated by ",".

<v_alig Vertical alignment - "bottom", "middle" or "top" is placed in the output.

n> You can override the default values by using parameters: <v_align B, M, T>
Bottom alignment is exported as "B", middle (vertical center) as "M", and top
as "T". You can use any other values separated by ",".

<rs_cha The optimal number of characters calculated from the subtitle duration and
rs> the reading speed parameters.

<comm The <comments> tag can be used in subtitle's header or footer section to
ents> export comments attached to subtitles. Please also mind that the comments
tag has special, conditional use. For more details about this, please check the
Parameters with special usage section below.

<bold>, The <bold> tag can be used in the File Header, Subtitle Header, Row
</bold Delimiter, Subtitle Delimiter, Subtitle Footer and File Footer sections to
> increase the readability of the parameters written there. It's only necessary to
use the closing tag </bold> when you need certain parameter to appear in
bold. For example, the pattern below
<bold><in_cue></bold><tab><out_cue>

will make only the In-cues to be displayed in bold, leaving the Out-cues
normal.
Note: The <bold> tag will not affect text's presentation.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 207

<italic>, The <italic> tag can be used in the File Header, Subtitle Header, Row
</italic Delimiter, Subtitle Delimiter, Subtitle Footer and File Footer sections to
> increase the readability of the parameters written there. It's only necessary to
use the closing tag </italic> when you need certain parameter to appear in
italics. For example, the pattern below
<italic><in_cue></italic><tab><out_cue>

will make only the In-cues to be displayed in italics, leaving the Out-cues
normal.
Note: The <italics> tag will not affect text's presentation and shall not be
mistaken with the Italic Start/End parameter.

<new_l New line: CR/LF

ine>

<tab> Tab character is inserted.

<space Inserts "space" character.

>

<cr> Cartridge return character (ASCII code 13) is inserted.

<lf> Linefeed character (ASCII code 10) is inserted.

Italic markers are specified in Italic start and Italic stop fields. If only the start marker is
present it is used to toggle italic on/off. If both markers are empty the italic text is
exported as normal text.

Row delimiter is inserted between the rows of the subtitle. <new_line>, <tab>, <cr>
and <lf> are replaced by CR/LF, tab, CR and LF characters.
There also could be any text which is copied exactly to the output. Thus enter “ | “ if you
want to separate the lines by a vertical line, “<new_line>” for CR/LF, etc.
Footer: In some file formats it is required that the out-cue or some other information is
placed after the subtitle text. Here you can specify the footer format and use the same
formatting tags as in the Header.
Subtitles delimiter is inserted at the end of the subtitle. <new_line>, <tab>, <cr> and
<lf> are replaced by CR/LF, tab, CR and LF characters.
Export raised lines: EZConvert will insert the appropriate number of empty rows at
the end of the subtitle to keep it raised.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

208 EZConvert User Guide

Timing Patterns

In-, out-cues and duration representation is customizable by using timing patterns.

Here are some examples: " hh:mm:ss:ff", "hh:mm:ss.ff", "hh:mm:ss.nn",
"hh:mm:ss.nnn", "ms", "frames", etc., where:
hh - hours, mm - minutes, ss - seconds, ff - frames, nnn - miliseconds, nn - 10
miliseconds (1/100 seconds),
ms - the whole time is in miliseconds, frames - the whole time is in frames,
feet - used to specify 35mm feet/frames timecode. Must be followed by a separator
("+", "." ...) and frames. 1 feet = 16 frames.

Preview

Before continuing with the export you can preview the result by pressing the
appropriate button.
Make the necessary changes if the output doesn't meet your requirements and when
you are ready press OK.
With the settings in the screen shot at the beginning of this chapter, a file with the
following format will be generated:
# This is the file header,
# The text placed before the subtitles

0001 : 00:02:43:02 00:02:45:06

<I>Do you hear me, lad?</I>

0002 : 00:02:49:04 00:02:51:10

<I>Right on time!</I>
<I>What's up again ?</I>

0003 : 00:02:51:12 00:02:54:05

The fuses blew off,
I can't finish cooking.

# This is the footer,

# The Text placed at the end of the file

RTF Export

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 209

Custom Text Export Configuration

The principle is the same as in the text export with a few exceptions:
The italic text is not surrounded by start and stop tags but it is exported directly as italic.
The other parameters in the Subtitle section are the same.
With the Settings section you can specify the font used for the generated RTF, whether
to export the italics, the row alignment, colors and outline.

Additional Formatting Parameters

You can use the <bold> and <italics> tags in the File Header, Subtitle Header, Row
Delimiter, Subtitle Delimiter, Subtitle Footer and File Footer sections to increase the
readability of the parameters written there. The effect of the two formatting parameters
will reset for the last parameter in the section. Consider using the closing tags </bold>
and </italics> only some of the parameters in the same section need to have their style
changed. For example, if we have the following pattern in the Subtitle Header:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

210 EZConvert User Guide

<bold><in_cue></bold><tab><out_cue>

will make only the In-cues to be displayed in bold, leaving the Out-cues normal.
Note: The two formatting tags will not affect text's presentation.

Parameters with special usage

As stated earlier some of the parameters have more specialized usage, those are:
<orig_title>, <orig_episode>, <orig_lang>, <trans_title>, <trans_episode>, <trans_lang>,
<tape_id>, <reel_code> and <comments>.
What is so special about them is the fact that they may also include a prefix- or -suffix
part in their declarations. They are constructed as follows: <"prefix part" parameter
"suffix part">. The prefix- or -suffix parts can include additional parameters like
<new_line>, <tab>, <cr>, <lf> as well as regular text but at all times must be enclosed in
double quotation.
So for example, if we have the following comment "John is 46 years old" attached to a
subtitle and we want to distinguish it's a commentary more clearly in the output file, we
can then set it up like this:
<"#Start of Comment#<new_line>" comments "<new_line>#End of Comment#">

this will render in the file as:

#Start of Comment#
John is 46 years old
#End of Comment#

The parameters or text set in the prefix- or -suffix parts will appear in the output file,
only if the parameter they are attached will appear too. So, if we take the above example,
#Start of Comment# and #End of Comment# text will appear only for the subtitles
with comments attached to them.

Templates

When the custom layout is defined you can save it as a Template using the Save
template button at the bottom of the menu.
In addition, if you have already used the Save template option, you can easily open a
template using the Load template button.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 211

7.1.14.1 Plain Text and RTF/DOC/DOCX

The parent topic lists all parameters that can be used in File Header, Subtitle, and File
Footer sections.

Plain Text Export

Custom Text export configuration

Codepage Sets the encoding of the exported .txt file. You may want to
try using Unicode UTF-16 and Unicode UTF-8 if you receive
any complaints about missing or unprintable characters as
they do support all characters.

Export Zero Subtitle Zero Subtitle, if present in the source file, will be saved in
the output file.

Export raised lines Corresponding number of empty lines will be inserted below
the text to indicate that it has been raised and needs to

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

212 EZConvert User Guide

appear higher on the screen.

Export "&", "<", ">" When turned on, "&", "<" and ">" will be represented by
as reference codes their respective HTML codes: &amp;, &lt; and &gt;.

Note: Select a field and press the F4 button on the keyboard if the text in it is too long
and doesn't normally fit in. This will open enlarged window that fits in more text.

RTF/DOC/DOCX Export

Custom RTF/DOC/DOCX Export Configuration

Export Italics and Underline will be exported in the respective style.Special

Italics/U parameters aren't needed when exporting RTF, DOC or DOCX file.
nderline

Export Horizontal alignment will be exported in the output document without

Alignme the need of using special parameters.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 213

nt

Colors Any colors applied to the subtitles will be exported in the output RTF,
DOC or DOCX document. Otherwise the text will appear all black when
later viewed in MS Word or other application.

Outline/ The applied to the subtitles effect (Outline, DropShadow, Outline &
Shadow DropShadow) will be exported in the output document.

Export Zero Subtitle, if present in the source file, will be saved in the output file.
Zero
Subtitle

Font Allows you to change the display font, its size and weight for viewing in
settings other applications.

7.1.14.2 RTF/DOC/DOCX with tables and Excel Table

The RTF/DOC/DOCX with tables and Excel Table options allow you to export the content
into a table with appropriately labeled columns and customize the layout at the same
time.
Another distinguished difference is the way the Subtitle Section is organized. As the
output is meant to contain a table, everything is visually arranged in tabular form as
well:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

214 EZConvert User Guide

Custom RTF, DOC or DOCX with tables configuration

Col (Column) Represents the Column Number (Col1, Col2, etc) associated
with the column in a Word document or Column Letter (A,
B, C, etc) of a column in Microsoft Excel worksheet.
Although, columns are represented by rows in the GUI, they
will appear correctly in the output document. The difference
in representation is needed from practical stand point to
preserve as much space as possible.

Currently, the GUI is limited to configuring and displaying up

to 8 columns.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 215

Caption Contains descriptive text for the attribute that will be

inserted in that column in the output document. Entering
captions is optional and it's absolutely normal if the output
table doesn't contain any captions at all.

Content All the parameters that we wish to export from EZConvert

have to be present in the Content cell: In-cue, out-cue,
subtitles' text, durations, etc. More than one parameter can
be inserted in a cell. All parameters that can be used here
are listed in the previous topic along with the parameters
available for File Header and Footer.
There are two new ones:
<subtitle_text> - Inserts subtitles text in this
cell/column.
<subtitle_text_single_para> - Inserts subtitles text in
this cell/column as a single paragraph without new
lines, except for the dialogue lines. Text lines in the
same subtitle starting with hyphen or long dash are
considered to contain dialogue in which case the
separating new lines will be kept.
Note: The <subtitle_text> and <subtitle_text_single_para>
parameters are not available for the Plain Text and
RTF/DOC/DOCX (without tables) exports, because subtitles
text will always be inserted after the subtitle header for
them.

Besides that, there are a few more options common to both the RTF/DOC and Excel Table
exports:

Export Italics and Underline will be exported in the respective style. Special
Italics/U parameters aren't needed when exporting RTF, DOC or DOCX file.
nderline

Export Horizontal alignment will be exported in the output document without

Alignme the need of using special parameters.
nt

Colors Any colors applied to the subtitles will be exported in the output RTF,
DOC or DOCX document. Otherwise the text will appear all black when
later viewed in MS Word or other application.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

216 EZConvert User Guide

Outline/ The applied to the subtitles effect (Outline, DropShadow, Outline &
Shadow DropShadow) will be exported in the output document. This option isn't
available when exporting Excel table.

Export Zero Subtitle, if present in the source file, will be saved in the output file.
Zero
Subtitle

Table Displays table's border when exporting RTF, DOC or DOCX document,
Borders otherwise table's borders will not be visible. This option isn't available
when exporting Excel Table.

Font Allows you to change the display font, its size and weight for viewing in
settings other applications.

Table Preview

Pressing the Preview button will show how the table will look like in the output
document.
Please note, that this will be available on computers running Windows 8 or later.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 217

7.2. Extended formats

We classify as Extended the following file formats:
Compress PAC (.pac)
Unicode PAC (.fpc)
Win2020 ASCII (.txt)
890 Files (.890)
Substation Alpha (.ssa/.ass)
Swift Interchange (.sif)
Universal Subtitle Format (.usf)
DAS Files (.das)
Softitler Files (.txt)
Avid DS Nitris (.txt)
OVR Files (.ovr)
SUB Files (.sub)

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

218 EZConvert User Guide

7.2.1. Compressed PAC Files (.PAC)

Here you need to select the two fonts. Be sure to select the right languages, because
they determine the encoding of the exported file:

PAC Export Configuration

Note: If your current project mode is PAC (Project Mode), the configured languages and
fonts (PAC/890 Mode Fonts) will be automatically applied on export.
When exporting to compressed PAC, you might come across the following message:
There are unprintable characters. Please import the PAC file and check the

Below the message there is a list of erroneous subtitles. We strongly recommend that
you verify them accordingly in order to prevent any export errors.
You should know there is no vertical bottom, top or center position attributes with the
PAC files. The vertical alignment is bound to the specific row number instead. For
example, the top aligned subtitles are exported onto line number one.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 219

7.2.2. 890 Files

You need to specify the languages and fonts for the exported file. Be sure to select the
right languages, because they determine the encoding of the exported file.

.890 Export Configuration

Note: If your current project mode is 890 (Project Mode), the configured fonts and
languages (PAC/890 Mode Fonts) will be automatically applied on export.
If the imported file contains the information needed in Details page it will be
automatically filled in.
Start of Start of Message is the timecode of the first frame of the
Message video which is intended for transmission. From the drop-
down menu you can choose between the following
options:
Manual - allows you manually type in the needed
timecode.
Auto - automatically sets the Programme Start timecode
using the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the
closes hour. For example, if the first subtitle starts at
10:00:32:21, the Start of Message value will be
automatically set to 10:00:00:00.
Programme Start TC - automatically sets the value to the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata attribute from the
input file (EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

220 EZConvert User Guide

Video Start TC - automatically gets the video start time

value from the input (EZT and EZTXML only).
Export Open or Allows the subtitles to be exported either as Open or
Closed subtitles Closed in the 890 file.
Please mind that when the project contains two tracks,
the options present will be different.

Important:
When exporting to .890 file format, you should mind it supports up to 8 lines per
subtitle. If a subtitle has more than 8 lines, they are truncated, thus producing the
following message:
Subtitle XXX – x bottom lines are truncated.

Where XXX is the subtitle number and x is the number of truncated lines.
When exporting to 890 you can also encounter the same message as with the PAC file
format (There are unprintable characters). This situation is resolved by selecting the right
languages and fonts as already explained above.
You should know there is no vertical bottom, top or center position attributes with the
.890 files. The vertical alignment is bound to the specific row number instead.
For example, the top aligned subtitles are exported onto line number one.
The .890 subtitle format does also support underline.

Exporting 890 file with "open" and "closed" subtitles

EZConvert can also export 890 file that containing subtitles indicated as "open" and
"closed" when the project has the secondary subtitle track activated. And when the
project has the secondary track enabled, then the following options become accessible:
Selected Exports only the subtitles from the currently selected
Subtitle Track subtitle track. All subtitles will be indicated as "open" in
it.
Main track as All subtitles from the main track will be indicated as
Open, "open" while those from the secondary as "closed".
Secondary track
as Closed
subtitles

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 221

Main track as All subtitles from the main track will be indicated as
Closed, "closed" while those from the secondary as "open".
Secondary track
as Open
subtitles

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

222 EZConvert User Guide

7.2.3. Unicode PAC files (.fpc)

Unicode PAC files work similarly to the Compressed PAC files but in contrast all
characters are encoded as Unicode UTF which extends the number of supported
languages and characters.
The only configurable option available for the exported file allows you to export
comments added to your subtitles:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 223

7.2.4. Win2020 ASCII Files

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

224 EZConvert User Guide

1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Include Italics - It is recommended to switch it on. The program will include start/stop
tags surrounding the italicized text.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
The Win2020 file will also export the alignment, any effects such as the outline and box,
and the verticial position of the text. The colors are not exported with the file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 225

7.2.5. SubStation Alpha SSA/ASS Files

When you need to export SubStation Alpha file mind that there are huge differences
between the .SSA and .ASS file formats and it is important to choose the proper one.

SubStation Alpha Config Dialog

All the decisions you have to make are explained bellow:

You need first to select the encoding of your file. It can be

CodePage
either UTF-8, ANSI or any of the available in the list.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
This may be required for subtitle projects that do not start
from 00:00:00:00, they are offset by an hour or more.
Most video players assume the video always plays from
00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles that
are offset.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first
subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

226 EZConvert User Guide

the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour.

For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
Script Type From the Script Type section you can select the exact file
type to export. There are differences between the .SSA and
.ASS files and it is important to choose the proper option.
Raise Subtitles with Changes how the vertical position for raised subtitles is
New Lines saved in the output SSA/ASS file. By default the vertical
position is saved as an offset from the bottom safe area
margin, measured in pixels.
Border From this menu you can select the Effect you want to apply
on your subtitles.
Only one of the available styles can be applied on the
exported subtitles: Outline, Box, Shadow or Outline and
Shadow.
Color From the Color menu, you can set the color of the applied
Border effect.
Box Opacity The .ASS files allows transparent colors to be used and
when the ASS option is selected on the Script Type section,
Opacity can be applied.
Export Italics When this option is switched on, all the italics formatting
will be saved in the exported SubStation Alpha file.
Export Underline When this option is switched on, all the underline
formatting will be saved in the exported SubStation Alpha
file.
Export Zero Subtitle Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the
exported file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 227

RTL Reorder Currently, most of the filters used by digital video player
programs, have an issue with the display of Right-to-Left
languages - the punctuation marks at the end of the lines
are incorrectly displayed at the beginning. The RTL Reorder
option can be used to solve this problem and have visually
acceptable subtitles in right-to-left language.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

228 EZConvert User Guide

7.2.6. Swift Interchange (.sif) Files

Pressing the Config export button will bring a configurational dialog with two options:
Include Italics - It is recommended to switch it on. The program will include start/stop
tags surrounding the italic text.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 229

7.2.7. Universal Subtitling Format (.usf)

Exporting a Universal Subtitling Format (.USF) file provides couple of options to be

configured. To open the configuration window simply press the Export Subtitles button
on the toolbars, select the Universal Subtitling Format (.USF) option and then click the
Config button in the bottom left. Then the following dialog will appear:

By clicking this on, you can override the text color with the
one selected from the color palette. In addition, text's
Override Font Color transparency can be changed by choosing new Opacity
value - selecting 0% means that text will be fully opaque,
while value of 100% that it will be fully transparent.
Title Title will automatically be filled by the specified in project's
Details movie title, if the input is in the .ezt or .eztxml
format, but title can also be typed in directly.
Box Allows Box effect to be applied for all subtitles in the
output file.
Selecting the None option will discard any box effects
currently applied to the subtitles in EZConvert. Selecting

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

230 EZConvert User Guide

Boxed, on the other hand, will apply box effects to all

subtitles in the output file and selecting No Change will
preserve the box effects currently applied to the subtitles.
Box effect's Opacity can be modified too and a value of 0%
means that the box will appear as fully opaque, while value
of 100% that it will be fully transparent in the output file.
Outline Allows Outline effect to be applied for all subtitles in the
output file.
Selecting the None option will discard the Outline currently
applied to the subtitles in EZConvert. Selecting Outline, on
the other hand, will apply outline to all subtitles in the
output file and selecting No Change will preserve the
outline currently applied to the subtitles.
Outline's Opacity can be modified too and a value of 0%
means that the outline will appear as fully opaque, while
value of 100% that it will be fully transparent in the output
file.
Shadow Allows Shadow effect to be applied for all subtitles in the
output file.
Selecting the None option will discard the shadow
currently applied to the subtitles in EZConvert. Selecting
Shadow, on the other hand, will apply shadow to all
subtitles in the output file and selecting No Change will
preserve the shadow effects currently applied to the
subtitles.
Shadow effect's Opacity can be modified too and a value of
0% means that the outline will appear as fully opaque,
while value of 100% that it will be fully transparent in the
output file.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 231

Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first

subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour.
For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
Use new lines for This option is intended for compatibility reasons only and
vertical alignment will keep the vertical position of the text by inserting
empty lines below the text.
Vertical position by default is expressed and carried by
specifying vertical margin as percentage of the video's
height.

Exporting USF file with "open" and "closed" subtitles

EZConvert is capable of exporting USF file that contains subtitles indicated as "open" and
"closed" when the project has the secondary subtitle track activated. And when the
project has the secondary track enabled, then the following options become accessible:
Selected Exports only the subtitles from the currently selected
Subtitle Track subtitle track. All subtitles will be indicated as "open" in
it.

Main track as All subtitles from the main track will be indicated as
Open, "open" while those from the secondary as "closed".
Secondary track
as Closed
subtitles

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

232 EZConvert User Guide

Main track as All subtitles from the main track will be indicated as
Closed, "closed" while those from the secondary as "open".
Secondary track
as Open
subtitles

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 233

7.2.8. DAS Files

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4
1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.
2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

234 EZConvert User Guide

9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)

3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Include Italics - It is recommended to switch it on. The program will include start/stop
tags surrounding the italicized text.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
The text could be only top or bottom position. The .DAS file does not support horizontal
alignment, colors and effects (outline, box and etc). Your subtitles will be loaded or
played using the target system's settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 235

7.2.9. Softitler TXT Files

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

236 EZConvert User Guide

1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Include Italics - It is recommended to switch it on. The program will include start/stop
tags surrounding the italicized text.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
This is a simple text file and it doesn't support vertical and horizontal alignment, colors
and effects (outline, box and etc.). Your subtitles will be loaded or played using the target
system's settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 237

7.2.10. Export SoftNI (.sub) Files

SoftNI (.sub) export configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file, below is a list of commonly
used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

238 EZConvert User Guide

1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

The SoftNI (.sub) format supports vertical positioning, horizontal alignment, justification
and positioning, italics, text color and boxing effects.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 239

7.2.11. Avid DS Nitrils Files

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
12 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
50 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
12 ANSI Cyrillic
51
12 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
52 Italian, etc.)
12 ANSI Greek
53
12 ANSI Turkish
54
12 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.
57
93 Japanese
2
93 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
6

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

240 EZConvert User Guide

94 Korean
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
12 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
00 world's writing systems.
65 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
00 world's writing systems.
1

Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
Export Italics in separate file - The Avid DS format support italics but the requirement is
that all subtitles in the file must be in italics.
By using this option, EZConvert will not change the initial formatting of your file but
instead will export all italic subtitles as a separate file and will add "~italic" suffix to the
file name.
The Avid DS Nitris file format doesn't support horizontal and vertical alignment, color
and font information or effects (outline, box and etc.). The subtitles will be displayed
using the target authoring system settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 241

7.2.12. OVR Files

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

242 EZConvert User Guide

5
4
1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.
2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
The OVR file format doesn't support horizontal and vertical alignment, color and font
information, effects (outline, box and etc.). Your subtitles will be loaded or played using
the target system's default settings.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 243

7.2.13. SUB Files

Export Configuration

You need to select the code page (encoding) to match that of the subtitle file. Here is a
list of commonly used code pages:
1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages
that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene,
Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages
932 Japanese
936 Chinese (PRC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)

It is not recommended to change the Normal and Italic style values. They are used within
the file to define whether the text is italic or not.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

244 EZConvert User Guide

7.3. Timed Text Formats

The Timed Text category enlists all subtitling formats derivative from the general "Timed
Text (TT) Authoring Format 1.0 (DFXP)" specifications:
TTML ver.1. Timed Text
TTML ver.2. Timed Text
IMSC ver. 1
IMSC ver. 1.1
EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT & EBU-TT-D, EBU-TT & EBU-TT-D for BBC)
SMPTE-TT Subtitles
Netflix Timed Text
Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)
Disney IMSC 1.1
OOYALA Timed Text
NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)
Paramount Pictures TTML
Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (.imscr)

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 245

7.3.1. TTML1/TTML2

EZConvert can export subtitles compatible with both TTML ver 1. and TTML ver. 2:
TTML ver.1 - exports into Timed Text file compliant with the general Timed Text
(TT) Authoring Format 1.0 (DFXP) specifications.
TTML ver. 2 - exports Timed Text file compliant with Timed Text Markup
Language 2 (TTML2) specifications which are currently in draft state.
The main difference between them is the enhanced functionality implemented in TTML
ver. 2 for working with subtitle files in East-Asian languages: TTML ver. 2 adds support
for Vertical Subtitles, Ruby and Emphasis (Bouten) characters and horizontal grouping of
characters in vertical subtitles.
The exact version of the exported file can be selected from the Compatibility drop-down
menu.

7.3.1.1 TTML ver. 1

This export is created according "Timed Text (TT) Authoring Format 1.0 (DFXP)"
specification. Before saving the file you may need to make some adjustments:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

246 EZConvert User Guide

Timed Text DFXP XML Export Configuration

Font Here you can specify the font attributes. The size is measured in pixels
Settings by default but you can change it to be in Ems or Percentage.
Note: We highly recommend using the exact same values, when the
font size is expressed in pixels, as set in the Project Settings or
specifying the
size as 100%. Font size is part of the calculations for the
horizontal/vertical position and if not filled in accordingly will lead to
incorrectly positioned text later.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Language, appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 247

Description .ezt or .eztxml.

and
Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
Copyright
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID +
Country/Region ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)"
from the drop-down, the corresponding language tag will be:
xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment, however, only
the Language ID may be required. In this case, activating the No Region
checkbox will output the following: xml:lang="en".
Recut/Offse Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
t
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input
EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the subtitles will
subtitles be saved as they were originally created in EZConvert. But using the
dedicated "Boxed" option will apply the effect to all subtitles in the
output file and will also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as
opacity. Opacity value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully
opaque, while value of 100% will be fully transparent.
Outline By turning this on you can specify the size of the outline effect as well
as its color. Outline's size can be specified both in percent and in pixels.
Outline size in percent is preferred when subtitle will be showed for
videos in different resolutions.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

248 EZConvert User Guide

Export Instruct the program to export all non-Latin symbols with their
reference reference codes i.e. "&#x00E5;".
codes
Use new This option is intended for compatibility reasons only and will keep the
lines for vertical position of the text by inserting empty lines below the text.
vertical
By default text's vertical position will be exported using the
alignment
"tts:DisplayAlign" attribute.
TimeCode Specify the way the timing is expressed in the output file by selecting
Format the appropriate Timebase and Format.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output TTML1 file.
Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color is
configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

7.3.1.2 TTML ver. 2

TTML ver. 2 of the Timed Text specifications adds the missing in TTML ver. 1 functionality
to work with East-Asian languages by adding support for Vertical Subtitles, Ruby and
Emphasis (Bouten) characters and horizontal grouping of characters in vertical subtitles.
For the same purpose, the export of subtitle projects with two subtitle tracks is also
enabled.
Please bare in mind, that TTML ver. 2 hasn't yet been officially released and currently the
specifications are in a draft state - Recommendation 08 November 2018. All of the
proposed new features may change in the future following the next W3C
Recommendation or in the final version of specifications.
Exporting a TTML ver.2 compliant file requires the same configuration as the TTML ver. 1:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 249

Font Here you can specify the font attributes. The size is measured in pixels by
Settings default but you can change it to be in Ems or Percentage.
Note: We highly recommend using the exact same values, when the font
size is expressed in pixels, as set in the Project Settings or specifying the
size as 100%. Font size is part of the calculations for the
horizontal/vertical position and if not filled in accordingly will lead to
incorrectly positioned text later.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Descriptio appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an .ezt

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

250 EZConvert User Guide

n, or .eztxml.
Copyright
Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized from
and
the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
Language
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID + Country
ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)" from the drop-
down, the corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment, however, only the
Language ID may be required. In this case, activating the No Region
checkbox will output the following: xml:lang="en".
Recut/Off Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
set
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue. All
timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue rounded
down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts
at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the input
file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or
EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the subtitles will be
subtitles saved as they were originally created in EZTitles. But using the dedicated
"Boxed" option will apply the effect to all subtitles in the output file and
will also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as opacity. Opacity
value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully opaque, while value of
100% will be fully transparent.
Outline The Outline drop-down menu enables you to overwrite the type and
parameters of the outline effect as follows:
None - Disables the applied in EZConvert outline and/or shadow effect,
subtitles in the exported file will not have outline/shadow.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 251

Outline - Applies outline to all subtitles in the file, regardless of the

previously applied effects.
Shadow - Applies shadow to all subtitles in the file, regardless of the
previously applied effects.
Outline and Shadow - Applies Outline & Shadow to all subtitles in the
file, regardless of the previously applied effects.
Not Changed - Leaves the original style unchanged.
Selected outline, shadow or outline & shadow from the drop-down
enables to also specify size and color for the applied effect.
Use new This option is intended for compatibility reasons only and will keep the
lines for vertical position of the text by inserting empty lines below the text.
vertical
By default text's vertical position will be exported using the
alignment
"tts:DisplayAlign" attribute.
Luminanc Controls the tts:luminanceGain parameter for the output. The default
e Gain value for it is "1.0" by specifications and if not changed the parameter
will not be present in the output file.
Timebase Specify the way the timing is expressed in the output file by selecting the
and appropriate Timebase and Format.
Format
Export Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.
Zero

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output TTML2 file.
Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color is
configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

252 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.2. IMSC1/IMSC1.1 files

EZConvert can export subtitles compatible with the IMSC 1 and IMSC 1.1 specifications:
IMSC ver. 1 - exports into Timed Text file complaint with TTML Profiles for
Internet Media Subtitles and Captions 1.0 specifications published by www.W3C.org.
IMSC ver 1.1- exports into Timed Text file complaint with TTML Profiles for
Internet Media Subtitles and Captions 1.1 specifications published by www.W3C.org.
IMSC ver. 1.1 is derivative of IMSC ver. 1.0 based around the TTML2 specifications. The
main difference between IMSC 1.0 and IMSC 1.1 is the wide array of options intended for
use with subtitles in Japanese: vertical subtitles, ruby annotations, special placement for
the ruby annotations, support for slanted text via "tts:shear", horizontal grouping (Tate-
chu-yoko) and emphasis (Bouten
The exact version of the exported file can be selected from the Compatibility drop-down
menu.

7.3.2.1 IMSC v.1

IMSC v.1 specifications define text-only and image-only profiles, based on the TTML1
specifications, intended to be used across subtitle and caption delivery applications
worldwide, simplifying interoperability, consistent rendering and conversion to other
subtitling and captioning formats.
The export feature in EZConvert will create text-only IMSC1 compliant files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 253

Intended Effectively defines the intended display aspect ratio (DAR) of the root
Display container. This attribute controls the mapping of the root container to
Aspect Ratio the related video object. For example 4:3 region will be mapped
approximately 20% from the left edge of an image frame with an
aspect ratio of 16:9, or 10% from the left edge of an image frame with
an aspect ratio of 4:3.
Font Name Allows you select specific Font or rather choose Generic Name of the
font family.
Size and Enables you to set selected font's size. By default, font size is
Units measured in pixels (px) but it can also be expressed as Ems (ems) or

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

254 EZConvert User Guide

Percentage (%).

Note: We highly recommend using the exact same values, when the
font size is expressed in pixels, as set in the Project Settings or
specifying the
size as 100%. Font size is part of the calculations for the
horizontal/vertical position and if not filled in accordingly will lead to
incorrectly positioned text later.
Override Allows text's color to be changed directly from the export
Font Color configuration window. Selected from the palette color will be applied
to all subtitles in the exported file.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Description appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an
and .ezt or .eztxml.
Copyright
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID + Country
ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)" from the drop-
down, the corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment, however, only
the Language ID may be required. In this case, activating the No Region
checkbox will output the following: xml:lang="en".
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the subtitles will
be saved as they were originally created in EZConvert. But using the
dedicated "Boxed" option will apply the effect to all subtitles in the
output file and will also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as
opacity. Opacity value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully
opaque, while value of 100% will be fully transparent.
Outline By turning this on you can specify the size of the outline effect as well
as its color. Outline's size can be specified both in percent and in
pixels. Outline size in percent is preferred when subtitle will be showed
for videos in different resolutions.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 255

Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input
EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Export Subtitles from the secondary subtitle track will be considered as
secondary Forced Narratives and will be exported in the output file in a region for
subtitles which the forcedDisplay parameter is set to true:
track as itts:forcedDisplay="true".
Forced The option becomes available only if the loaded file contains two
Narratives subtitle tracks.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.
Subtitle
Export Exports comments from the input file into the output file.
Comments
Timing Specifies how the time is expressed in the output file. By specifications
Format the time base should always be Media, i.e ttp:timeBase="media", and
the available time expression options are as follows: HH:MM:SS:FF,
HH:MM:SS.NN (10 miliseconds), HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds),
Frames, Seconds, Miliseconds and Ticks.

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output IMSC1 file.
Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color is
configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

256 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.2.2 IMSC v.1.1

IMSC ver. 1.1 is derivative of IMSC ver. 1.0 based around the TTML2 specifications. The
main difference between IMSC 1.0 and IMSC 1.1 is the wide array of options intended for
use with subtitles in Japanese: vertical subtitles, ruby annotations, special placement for
the ruby annotations, support for slanted text via "tts:shear", horizontal grouping (Tate-
chu-yoko) and emphasis (Bouten). The following topic explains in more details how to
use all of the above in EZConvert.
The export feature in EZConvert will create text-only IMSC1.1 compliant files.

Font Name Allows you select specific Font or rather choose Generic Name of the
font family.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 257

Size and Enables you to set selected font's size. By default, font size is
Units measured in pixels (px) but it can also be expressed as Ems (ems) or
Percentage (%).

Note: We highly recommend using the exact same values, when the
font size is expressed in pixels, as set in the Project Settings or
specifying the
size as 100%. Font size is part of the calculations for the
horizontal/vertical position and if not filled in accordingly will lead to
incorrectly positioned text later.
Override Allows text's color to be changed directly from the export
Font Color configuration window. Selected from the palette color will be applied
to all subtitles in the exported file.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Description appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an
and .ezt or .eztxml.
Copyright
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
Note: The Japanese specific options will be used only when the
Language selected is Japanese.
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID + Country
ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)" from the drop-
down, the corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment, however, only
the Language ID may be required. In this case, activating the No Region
checkbox will output the following: xml:lang="en".
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the subtitles will
be saved as they were originally created in EZConvert. But using the
dedicated "Boxed" option will apply the effect to all subtitles in the
output file and will also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as
opacity. Opacity value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully
opaque, while value of 100% will be fully transparent.
Outline The Outline drop-down menu enables you to overwrite the type and
parameters of the outline effect as follows:
None - Disables the applied in EZConvert outline and/or shadow effect,
subtitles in the exported file will not have outline/shadow.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

258 EZConvert User Guide

Outline - Applies outline to all subtitles in the file, regardless of the

previously applied effects.
Shadow - Applies shadow to all subtitles in the file, regardless of the
previously applied effects.
Outline and Shadow - Applies Outline & Shadow to all subtitles in the
file, regardless of the previously applied effects.
Not Changed - Leaves the original style unchanged.
Selected outline, shadow or outline & shadow from the drop-down
enables to also specify size and color for the applied effect.
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input
EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Export Subtitles from the secondary subtitle track will be considered as
secondary Forced Narratives and will be exported in the output file in a region for
subtitles which the forcedDisplay parameter is set to true:
track as itts:forcedDisplay="true".
Forced The option becomes available only if the loaded file contains two
Narratives subtitle tracks.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.
Subtitle

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 259

Export Exports comments from the input file into the output file.
Comments
Intended Effectively defines the intended display aspect ratio (DAR) of the root
Display container. This attribute controls the mapping of the root container to
Aspect Ratio the related video object. For example 4:3 region will be mapped
approximately 20% from the left edge of an image frame with an
aspect ratio of 16:9, or 10% from the left edge of an image frame with
an aspect ratio of 4:3.
Luminance Controls the tts:luminanceGain parameter for the output. The default
Gain value for it is "1.0" by specifications and if not changed the parameter
will not be present in the output file.
Timing Specifies how the time is expressed in the output file. By specifications
Format the time base should always be Media, i.e ttp:timeBase="media", and
the available time expression options are as follows: HH:MM:SS:FF,
HH:MM:SS.NN (10 miliseconds), HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds),
Frames, Seconds, Miliseconds and Ticks.

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output IMSC1 file.
Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color is
configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

260 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.3. EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT, EBU-TT-D) XML files

The EBU-TT is intended as general purpose exchange and archiving format for subtitles
which supports Unicode characters. The EBU-TT is a well formed XML document which
uses a subset of the attributes provided by the W3C Timed Text Markup Language a.k.a
Timed Text (TT) Authoring Format 1.0 – Distribution Format Exchange Profile (DFXP).
Currently, there are couple of files which are based around the EBU-TT and EBU-TT-D
specifications:
EBU-TT v.1.0 and EBU-TT v1.1 - strictly follows the normative set by EBU-TECH 3350 -
definition of the subtitling format, EBU-TECH 3360 which provides the methods for
mapping/converting EBU STL into valid EBU-TT XML files. For compatibility, the older
v.1.0 of the specifications is still supported.
EBU-TT v.1.0 for BBC - follows the guidlines and requirements for delivery of EBU-TT to
BBC: http://bbc.github.io/subtitle-guidelines/#EBU-TT-file
EBU-TT-D - complies with EBU-TECH 3380 which specifies features for the EBU-TT-D
subtitling distribution format.
EBU-TT-D for BCC - follows the guidlines and requirements for delivery of EBU-TT-D
implied by BBC: http://bbc.github.io/subtitle-guidelines/#EBU-TT-D-file
The type of the output XML file can be selected from the respective Document version
drop-down to the top of the configuration window.

General

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 261

The options available for the exported file will vary for the different Document Versions.
Brief description for some of them can be reviewed below:

Open Subtitles, Enables you to select the targeted Display Mode : Open,
Teletext lvl 1 and Teletext lvl 2 modes have different
Teletext level 1/2
characteristics and the subtitle files must comply with one of
them. For example italics and underline are accepted for Open
subtitle files, while they are not supported for Teletext ones.
This option is available only when document version is EBU-TT
v.1.0 or EBU-TT v.1.1.
Font Settings From the Font Settings section you could choose the specific
Font, its respective weight (bold or not) and size.
For Open subtitles, the font's size can be set as an absolute
value measured in pixels or as percentage. Measuring the
font's size as percentage is more universal approach thus we
recommend you using it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

262 EZConvert User Guide

For Teletext subtitles, however, only the font's weight option

will be available. By presumption the text should be displayed
by a mono-spaced font and the size will be limited to normal
or double height.
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the
subtitles will be saved as they were originally created and
formatted. But using the dedicated Boxed option will apply
the effect to all subtitles in the output file and will also enable
you to choose box's Color, Opacity and Line Padding (when
exporting EBU-TT-D). Opacity value of 0% mean that the box
will appear fully opaque, while value of 100% will be fully
transparent.
Override Text Color By clicking this on, you can override the text color with the
one selected from the color palette.
Line Padding By usage and definition, line padding adds extra space to both
sides of the subtitle line. Line Padding is available for EBU-TT
v.1.1, EBU-TT-D and EBU-TT-D for BBC.
Please mind that different values may be required or accepted
when exporting into each of these versions. Be sure to change
the default value only if required to do so.
Timing Information Enables you to select how the timing of the subtitles will be
expressed in the output file as a SMPTE Timecode or Media
time.
EBU-TT v.1.0 and EBU-TT v.1.1 can use both Media Time and
SMPTE Timecode expressions;
EBU-TT-D and EBU-TT-D for BBC uses only Media Time;
EBU-TT for BBC works only with SMPTE Timecode.

Note: Background color will be exported automatically for EBU-TT v.1.0 and EBU-TT
v.1.1 as long as the Background color is configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are
not considered as subtitles with background.

Binary Data Tunneling

The EBU-TT specification provides an option to transport binary copy of the file contents
as if they would have been saved as an STL file. It can be activated by the Tunnel STL data
option.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 263

Additionally the following options can be selected:

Character Code Table This is the encoding of the subtitles text. Be sure that the
right Character Code Table is selected.
The available choices are: Latin, Latin/Cyrillic,
Latin/Greek, Latin/Arabic and Latin/Hebrew.
Characters per Row The Characters per Row parameter is very important for
teletext subtitles. The default value is 38. If the line is
longer than the selected value, the extra characters are
truncated.
please note that the control codes for formats like italic
start/stop, color codes, double height, etc. are also
counted as used characters.
When exporting to the EBU file format, you may come
across this message:
The following rows have been truncated:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

264 EZConvert User Guide

Below the message follows a list of the subtitles with

truncated rows (the characters outside the characters per
row limit are truncated).
23 rows per subtitle Modifies the MNR setting in the GSI block from 11 rows
per subtitle to 23 rows per subtitle.
Double Height
Modifies the Vertical Position of the text as it has been
formatted in Double Height i.e. one subtitle row takes
two lines in the exported file.
NOTE: These options are available for Open subtitles only
and are intended to help in specific situations only.
Header Code Page This is the encoding of the text information stored in the
file header like program title, episode, translator's name,
etc.
Include Color Codes If you export open subtitles you might want to choose to
ignore the colors. Teletext subtitles always have color
codes.

Include Box ON/OFF This option is available for Open subtitles only and it will
control codes export "Start" and "End" box control codes for "box"
formatted subtitles in the output EBU file.
please mind Ghost Box, Ghost Stripe, Stripe, Block box
and Ghost Block Box all are considered as "box"
presentation effects.
Force all Subtitles to This option is available only for teletext subtitles.
Double Height
Export Center-left aligned EBU STL specifications doesn't support center-left aligned
subtitles as subtitles. Instead the editor can control how such will be
exported:
Left aligned
Center Aligned
Aligned by spaces - spaces characters are inserted
before the text to try and retain the center-left
aligned position of the text lines.
Please mind that many of the available client
requirements and specifications prohibit the use
of this method because as a result the spaces may
become visible.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 265

Details

On the Details page you can enter some additional information which will be saved in the
output XML file such as the Original Programme Title, Translated Programme Title,
Country of Origin and etc.
The options available for the exported file will vary for the different Document Versions.
Brief description for some of them can be reviewed below:

If you have already set those at the File Details menu, they will be automatically saved to
the output file.
Programme Programme Start is the timecode of the first frame of the
Start video which is intended for transmission. From the drop-
down menu you can choose between the following
options:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

266 EZConvert User Guide

Manual - allows you manually type in the Programme

Start timecode.
Auto - automatically sets the Programme Start timecode
using the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the
closes hour. For example, if the first subtitle starts at
10:00:32:21, the Start of Message value will be
automatically set to 10:00:00:00.
Programme Start TC - automatically sets the value to the
Programme Start metadata attribute from the input file
(EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML).
Video Start TC - automatically gets the timecode of the
first video frame from the input file if available. (EZT and
EZTXML only support this metadata attribute).

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 267

7.3.4. SMPTE-TT Subtitels (.xml)

The SMPTE-TT Subtitles export option follows the general SMPTE Timed Text
specifications - SMPTE ST 2052-1:2010. This documentation defines two subtitle profiles:
Text Only - intended for general use with Subtitles, interoperability and consistent
rendering.
Image Based - similar to the Text Only profile but mainly referenced for Forced
Narrative Image-Based subtitles.
The profile for the SMPTE-TT compliant output file can be selected from the respective
Compatibility drop-down to the top of the configuration window.
It should not be mistaken with the SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions export option which is
derivative of the general specifications intended for converting CEA-608 data into
SMPTE-TT compliant file.

7.3.4.1 SMPTE-TT Text Only Subtitles

The SMPTE-TT Subtitles export option follows the general SMPTE Timed Text
specifications - SMPTE ST 2052-1:2010.
It should not be mistaken with the SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions export option which is
derivative of the general specifications intended for converting CEA-608 data into
SMPTE-TT compliant file.
Before saving the file you may need to make some adjustments:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

268 EZConvert User Guide

Font Settings Here you can specify the font attributes. The size is
measured in pixels by default but you can change it to be in
Ems or Percentage.
Note: We highly recommend using the exact same values,
when the font size is expressed in pixels, as set in the
Project Settings or specifying the
size as 100%. Font size is part of the calculations for the
horizontal/vertical position and if not filled in accordingly
will lead to incorrectly positioned text later.
Title, Description and Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with
Copyright the appropriate values from the file details if the source

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 269

subtitle file is an .ezt or .eztxml.

Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and
recognized from the source file or it can be selected
manually from the list.
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID
+ Country ID. For example, if we select "English (United
States)" from the drop-down, the corresponding language
tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment,
however, only the Language ID may be required. In this case,
activating the No Region checkbox will output the following:
xml:lang="en".
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be
exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first
subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with the
first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes hour. For
example if the first subtitle originally starts at 10:00:32:21
after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of
the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if
available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats
only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from
the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the
subtitles.
Box subtitles By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the
subtitles will be saved as they were originally created in
EZTitles. But by using the dedicated "Boxed" option it will
apply the effect to all subtitles in the output file and will

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

270 EZConvert User Guide

also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as opacity.

Opacity value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully
opaque, while value of 100%- fully transparent.
Outline By turning this on you can specify the size of the outline
effect in pixels as well as it designated color.
Export reference codes Instruct the program to export all non-Latin symbols with
their reference codes i.e. "&#x00E5;".
Use new lines for This option is intended for compatibility reasons only and
vertical alignment will keep the vertical position of the text by inserting empty
lines below the text.
By default text's vertical position will be exported using the
"tts:DisplayAlign" attribute.
Timing Format Specifies how the time is expressed in the output file. By
specifications the time base should always be Media, i.e
ttp:timeBase="media", and the available time expression
options are as follows: HH:MM:SS:FF, HH:MM:SS.NN (10
miliseconds), HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds), Frames,
Seconds, Miliseconds and Ticks.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the
exported file.

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output SMPTE-TT file.
Background color will be exported automatically as long as the Background color is
configured. Subtitles with box effect applied are not considered as subtitles with
background.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 271

7.3.4.2 SMPTE-TT Image Based Subtitles

Please note that the exported image files will be created with the font and presentation
attributes as they are currently specified in the Project Settings and the individual
subtitles.

Title, Description and Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled
Copyright with the appropriate values from the file details if the
source subtitle file is an .ezt or .eztxml.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read
and recognized from the source file or it can be selected
manually from the list.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

272 EZConvert User Guide

No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts

Language ID + Country ID. For example, if we select
"English (United States)" from the drop-down, the
corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment,
however, only the Language ID may be required. In this
case, activating the No Region checkbox will output the
following: xml:lang="en".
Recut/Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the
export.
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the
following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will
be exported with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the
recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first
subtitle's In-cue. All timecodes are offset backward with
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes
hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts at
10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will
become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value
of the Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter
if available in the input file. Note that this parameter is
supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file
formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time
from the input EZT or EZTXML file and uses it to
recut/offset the subtitles.
Timing Information Specifies how the time is expressed in the output file. By
specifications the time base should always be Media, i.e
ttp:timeBase="media", and the available time
expression options are as follows: HH:MM:SS:FF,
HH:MM:SS.NN (10 miliseconds),
HH:MM:SS.NNN(miliseconds), Frames, Seconds,
Miliseconds and Ticks.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 273

Image Format By specifications image-based subtitles can be saved as

either 8bit or 32bit PNG images.
Prefix The text value in this field together with the subsequent
subtitle numbers forms individual image names.
Crop images to actual size This option specifies that output images should be
reduced to the size defined by the area occupied by the
subtitle's text only.
XML file name The name of the XML file, which contains the In- and
Out-cues, image placement, subtitled material title and
other information, that will be exported along with the
PNG image files.
Create .ZIP archive By activating this option, all output files will
automatically compressed into a single .ZIP file that will
reduce the export's size.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

274 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.5. Netflix Timed Text (NFLX-TT) DFXP Files

The Netfix Timed Text (NFLX-TT) export is fully compatible with Netflix's Timed Text Style
Guide. For more information about it please contact your Netlfix representative.
Before exporting a Netflix compliant Timed Text subtitle file you may need to fill in the
following details:

Netflix Timed Text export configuration

Font Name Allows you select specific Font or rather choose Generic Name of the
font family.
Font Enables the selection of font's weight (bold or not) and color. As per
Settings specifications the font size is set as percentage - 100%.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Description appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an
and .ezt or .eztxml.
Copyright

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 275

Language Allows you to select the language of the subtitles. The list of languages
follows the list of currently supported by Netflix languages.
Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
Note: If the language code you're looking for is not in the list, you can
always selected the Custom option and write it by hand.
Recut/Offs Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. From the
et drop-down menu you can choose between the following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Export Subtitles from the secondary subtitle track will be considered as Forced
secondary Narratives and will be exported as a separate file, according to Netflix
subtitles Originals Delivery Specifications:
track as https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B37xotBvlV3Qc1E4VW5sMzNwcmc/vi
Forced ew
Narratives
The option becomes available only if the loaded file contains two
subtitle tracks.
Box Select whether the subtitle text is placed in a box with the selected color
Subtitles or not. Clicking on "Color" box bring up a color selection dialog where
you can specify the box color.
Timebase Timing can be expressed as both as Media Time or SMPTE Timecode to
comply with the verification method requested by Netflix.
Export Zero Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

276 EZConvert User Guide

Note: Horizontal and Vertical positions will be preserved and accurately saved in the
output Netflix-TT file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 277

7.3.6. Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)

This export is created according "iTunesTimed Text Package Specification" specification.

The exported .itt files are of great use to add captions videos in the iTunes platform.
Before saving the file you may need to make some adjustments:

Apple iTunes Timed Text Export Configuration

Bold If this one is clicked, then all subtitle will be exported in Bold.
Override By clicking this on, you can override the text color with the one selected
Font Color from the color palette.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
Export Subtitles from the secondary subtitle track will be considered as Forced
secondary Narratives and will be exported as a separate file, according to iTunes
subtitles Package Film Specification:
track as https://help.apple.com/itc/filmspec/#/apdATD1E32-D1E1A1303-
Forced D1E32A1126
Narratives The option becomes available only if the loaded file contains two
subtitle tracks.
Offset Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. From the
Timecode drop-down menu you can choose between the following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

278 EZConvert User Guide

Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue rounded
down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts
at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Recut/Offs Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during export. This may be
et required for subtitle projects that do not start from 00:00:00:00, they
subtitles are offset by an hour or more. Most video players assume the video
always plays from 00:00:00:00 which creates synch issues with subtitles
that are offset.
The Offset Timecode option above adds a few options to automate the
process as needed.
Write Instead of recuting/offsetting the subtitles, Apple's iTunes format allows
Offset the offset to be specified in a <div> element inside the iTT file itself. The
Timecode offset will then be read and interpret by the end-processor.
in <div>
element

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 279

7.3.7. Disney IMSC 1.1

Disney IMSC 1.1 export option fully complies with Disney's IMSC Subtitle Specifications,
including Disney's Japanese Subtitles - IMSC 1.1 specification.
The dedicated Disney export provides integrated checks for:
§ allowed number of text lines (limited to 2 lines per specifications);

§ text alignment;

§ Ruby characters and Bouten positioning;

In addition, Disney specifications have strict requirements about the Safe Area depending
on video's aspect ration. Please make sure to check them in Disney+ documentations and
apply them in the Project Settings.
All other options can be configured from the export settings:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

280 EZConvert User Guide

Intended Effectively defines the intended display aspect ratio (DAR) of the root
Display container. This attribute controls the mapping of the root container to
Aspect the related video object. For example 4:3 region will be mapped
Ratio approximately 20% from the left edge of an image frame with an aspect
ratio of 16:9, or 10% from the left edge of an image frame with an
aspect ratio of 4:3.
Note: Please mind that Disney+ require Intended Display Aspect Ratio
to be set to either "4:3" or "16:9".
Font From the Font Settings section you could choose the specific Font and
Settings, its respective weight (bold or not). The following values are given in the
Bold Disney+ specifications and can be considered as default:
Font Name: Generic, proportionalSansSerif
Note: Please mind that Disney+ also recommend using the Google Noto
Sans family of fonts and Noto Sans CJK JP specifically for Japanese.
Override Overrides text's color in the output file with the one selected from the
Font Color color palette.
Note: By default the option is switched on and the selected color is
#DCDCDC in accordance with the specifications.
Title, Title, Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Description appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an
and .ezt or .eztxml.
Copyright
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized
from the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.
Recut/Offs Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. From the
et drop-down menu you can choose between the following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 281

input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Export Zero Exports all comments inserted to the subtitles into the output file.
Subtitle
Export Saves the Zero Subtitle in the output file.
Comments
Timing By specifications, Media is the expected timebase and the preferred
Format timing expression- frames.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

282 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.8. OOYALA Timed Text

The Ooyala Timed Text export options fully complies with Ooyala
requirements:http://help.ooyala.com/video-platform/reference/dfxp_format.html.
Some attributes and parameters are pre-defined and pre-set in accordance with the
specifics set in the above documentation.

Font Allows you select specific Font or rather choose Generic Name of the
Name font family.
Size and Enables you to set selected font's size. By default, font size is measured
Units in pixels (px) but it can also be expressed as Ems (ems) or Percentage (%).
Override Allows text's color to be changed directly from the export configuration
Font Color window. Selected from the palette color will be applied to all subtitles in
the exported file.
Title Title will be automatically filled with the appropriate values from the file
details if the source subtitle file is an .ezt or .eztxml.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized from
the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.

No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID + Country
ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)" from the drop-
down, the corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 283

For compliance with other applications or equipment, however, only the

Language ID may be required. In this case, activating the No Region
checkbox will output the following: xml:lang="en".
Append This option corresponds to one of the unique features of the format -
selected multilingual Timed Text files can be delivered to Ooyala.
Language
Respectively, the "Append selected Language..." option allows
to existing
multilingual file to be created once it's been clicked on. After that select
file
existing on your computer file, in the Ooyala format, and EZTitles will
append the subtitles to it.
Box By selecting the No Change option for the Box effect, the subtitles will be
saved as they were originally created in EZConvert. But using the
dedicated "Boxed" option will apply the effect to all subtitles in the
output file and will also allow you to choose a Color for it as well as
opacity. Opacity value of 0% mean that the box will appear fully opaque,
while value of 100% will be fully transparent.
Outline By turning this on you can specify the size of the outline effect as well as
its color. Outline's size can be specified both in percent and in pixels.
Outline size in percent is preferred when subtitle will be showed for
videos in different resolutions.
Recut/Offs Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. From the
et drop-down menu you can choose between the following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue. All
timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue rounded
down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts
at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the input
file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or
EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Export Click it if you want to include the zero subtitle in the exported file.
Zero

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

284 EZConvert User Guide

Subtitle

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 285

7.3.9. NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)

The NBC Universal IMSC 1.1 export is developed to comply with NBCUniversal's TechOps
Inbound Specifications ver 2.4, December 2022. The following configuration are
available:

Version NBCUniversal's documentation specifies two type of deliveries:

UHD/HDR and HD/SD with minimal differences except for text's
presentation.
UHD/HDR - text's color required is gray (127 127 127 / #7F7F7F)
surrounded by 3% full range black (00 00 00 / #000000) outline;
HD/SD - text's color required is gray (235 235 235 / #EBEBEB) surround
by 3% black (#101010) outline.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized from
the source file or it can be selected manually from the list. .
No Region The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID + Country
ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)" from the drop-
down, the corresponding language tag will be: xml:lang="en-US".
When the Country ID isn't needed, activating the No Region checkbox
will output just the Language ID: xml:lang="en".
Title and Title and Description and Copyright are automatically filled with the
Descriptio appropriate values from the file details if the source subtitle file is an .ezt
n or .eztxml.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

286 EZConvert User Guide

Font Allows you select specific Font or rather choose Generic Name of the
settings font family.
Suggested font size is 80% for all languages except for Arabic and Asian
(Thai, Korean, Japanese, Chinese, etc) languages. Recommended size for
Asian languages is 100%.
Timebase Timebase is required to be set to Media by specifiations.
Format The recommended timing format is HH:MM:SS:FF but it's possible to
switch to HH:MM:SS:NNN(NN) if needed.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 287

7.3.10. Paramount Pictures TTML

The Paramount Pictures TTML export is developed to comply with Paramount Pictures
Subtitle and Captions Specifications. Respectively, there are very little options that may
need to be further adjusted:

Title Title will automatically bed filled in with the appropriate values from the
file details if the source file is in the .ezt or .eztxml formats.
Language Language will be filled automatically if it's been read and recognized from
the source file or it can be selected manually from the list.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

288 EZConvert User Guide

7.3.11. Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (*.imscr)

The Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text export is developed to tightly follow the Imsc-Rosetta
specifications. The following export options are available:

Language Indicates the language in the subtitles file.

Video Start Video's Start Timecode will be saved in the metadata of the output
TimeCode .imscr file. Will be filled by automatically when the input format is EZT
and EZTXML.
Programm Programme's start timecode will be saved in the metadata of the
e Start output .imscr file. Will be filled automatically if Programme Start TC is
TimeCode available in the input EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file.
Export Zero Zero Subtitle, if available in your project, will be exported in the output
Subtitle .imscr file.

Imsc-Rosetta supports wide array of features, styling options and effects applicable to
Open and SDH Subtitles, Closed Captions and Japanese subtitling. The later include
horizontal groups, ruby and bouten/emphasis annotations and vertically oriented
subtitles. Full documentation of the supported features is available on their GitHub
page.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 289

7.4. DVD/NLE authoring formats

The DVD/NLE Authoring formats category enlists the type of outputs commonly used
with different authoring and NLE systems:
Final Cut Pro XML
Apple DVD Studio Pro & Spruce STL Text Script
Adobe Encore DVD Text Script
Sony DVD Architect Script
Roxio DVDit Pro Script

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

290 EZConvert User Guide

7.4.1. Final Cut Pro XML Files

EZConvert exports three types of files compatible with different versions of Final Cut Pro
or DaVinci Resolve. The specific version of the XML document can be selected from the
Version drop-down menu:

Script Version
Final Generates .xml files compatible with Final Cut Pro 7 or earlier.
Cut Pro
Final Exports .fcpxml files compatible with Final Cut Pro X.
Cut
ProX
Davinci Exports .xml file compatible with Davinci Resolve.
Resolve

Depending on the selected Script Version, some of the additional options will be
available for all versions of the exported file or just for some of them.

Final Cut Pro 7 or earlier

Final Cut Pro 7 export options

Name, Enables you to select the font face, size, font weight and color for the text
Size, in the output file.
Weight
and Color

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 291

Effect Enables you to choose between two different effect generators available
in Final Cut Pro 7 and/or earlier version: Text Effect and Outline Text
Effect.
Text Effect generator doesn't really support outlined text but such can
still be simulated by applying Outer Glow with the appropriate Tracking
and Outline thickness values.
Outline Text Effect generator applies "regular" border around the text
when the Outline option has been clicked. The draw-back from it is that
the text must be center-aligned and respectively, all subtitles will be
exported as aligned in the center.

Note: There is also image based export compatible with FCP 7 and FCP X. If it is
important to keep all presentation attributes you might consider using the images
export.

Final Cut Pro X

Final Cut Pro export optons

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

292 EZConvert User Guide

FCPXML Enables you to select the exact version of Final Cut Pro X the file will be
Version opened on. Final Cut Pro X ver. 1.10 is backwards compatible with
document versions 1.5 and above. Earlier versions of FCP X may require
document version 1.3 or 1.4. If you need a version for the output file
that is not included in the drop-down list you can always add it by hand
by typing it in the field.
Recut/Off Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export.
set by
From the drop-down menu you can choose between the following
options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue. All
timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue rounded
down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle originally starts
at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time will become
00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the input
file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT, EZT or
EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Font Enables you to select the font face, size, font weight and color for the text
Settings in the output file. Note that when exporting FCPX compliant files there
are options for Font1 and Font2 - the .fcpxml format can utlize and
preserve information about the two fonts we use in EZConvert.
Effects Allows you to force outline or shadow effect to all subtitles in the output.
Clicking on either of them will make the options associated with Outline
or Shadow effects configurable.

DaVinci Resolve

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 293

DaVinci Resolve export options

Font Enables you to select the font face, size, font weight and color for the text
Settings in the output file.
Controls/ Unfortunately, outline cannot be exported in this version of the
Effects document, respectively the options are disabled for it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

294 EZConvert User Guide

7.4.2. Apple DVD Studio Pro and Spruce STL Text Script

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file:

Apple DVD Studio Pro, Spruce STL Export Configuration

You can also export native Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. The complete list of
commonly used code pages is listed below:

1250 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European

languages that use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian,
Slovene, Croatian, Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, etc.
1251 ANSI Cyrillic
1252 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French,
Italian, etc.)
1253 ANSI Greek
1254 ANSI Turkish
1257 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 295

932 Japanese
936 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
949 Korean
950 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
1200 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any
of the world's writing systems.
65001 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any
of the world's writing systems.

Apple DVD Pro and Spruce STL Text Scripts can include font information, but this is not
required.
If you want to include font information, click Use user defined font and select the font
name, size and style. The font information is global for the file and cannot be set for
individual subtitles.
The file format doesn't support any effects (outline, box, etc.). They should be specified in
the DVD authoring system.
Include italics - when switched on, italic start/stop tags are included in the file. It is
recommended to keep this option checked.
Tab delimited - uncheck this option if you want to replace the default delimiter (tab
character) with a single space character. This turns useful when exporting subtitles for
Apple DVD Studio Pro when there are non-Latin symbols like Cyrillic, Greek, European
languages specific symbols, Arabic, etc.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

296 EZConvert User Guide

7.4.3. Adobe Encore DVD Text Script

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 297

1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
The Adobe Encore DVD Text Script file format doesn't support horizontal and vertical
alignment, color and font information, italic text or effects (outline, box and etc.). These
attributes should be specified in Adobe Encode DVD authoring system.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

298 EZConvert User Guide

7.4.4. Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script

Export Configuration

Here you need to select the encoding for the exported file. You can also export native
Unicode UTF-8 and UTF-16 text files. Here is a list of commonly used code pages:
1 ANSI Eastern European: Central European and Eastern European languages that
2 use Latin script, such as Polish, Czech, Slovak, Hungarian, Slovene, Croatian,
5 Serbian (Latin script), Romanian, Albanian, etc.
0
1 ANSI Cyrillic
2
5
1
1 ANSI US - Western European languages (English, Spanish, German, French, Italian,
2 etc.)
5
2
1 ANSI Greek
2
5
3
1 ANSI Turkish
2
5
4

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VII. Export Subtitles 299

1 ANSI Baltic, used for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian languages.

2
5
7
9 Japanese
3
2
9 Chinese (RPC, Singapore)
3
6
9 Korean
4
9
9 Chinese (Taiwan, Hong Kong)
5
0
1 Unicode UTF-16. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
2 world's writing systems.
0
0
6 Unicode UTF-8. Not bound to any language. Combines characters in any of the
5 world's writing systems.
0
0
1

Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
This file format doesn't support horizontal and vertical alignment, color and font
information, italic text or effects (outline, box and etc.). These attributes should be
specified in the DVD authoring system.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

300 EZConvert User Guide

7.4.5. Roxio DVDit Pro Script

Roxio DVDit Pro Configuration dialog is displayed when you press Export button:

Roxio DVDIt Pro Export Configuration

You need to select the font and its size, style, horizontal and vertical alignment.
The font and alignment information is global for the file and cannot be set for individual
subtitles.
Export Zero Subtitle - select whether to export the zero subtitle or not.
The Roxio DVDit Pro text script is always Unicode UTF-16.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part VIII.
Export DVB Subtitles
302 EZConvert User Guide

The DVB standard, issued by Digital Video Broadcasting consortium, defines technology
for transmission of subtitles as part of the program stream.
It allows viewers to choose whether or not to display the subtitles, as long as they have
digital receiver capable of decoding the DVB compliant subtitle stream.
The DVB standard defines two ways of subtitle delivery. The first one is character based
with each character represented by an individual code.
The second one is image based. The subtitle text is rendered as an individual image and
then encoded into the DVB subtitle stream.
EZConvert uses the image based method for delivering DVB subtitles because it has
proved to be more popular and reliable, and offers more advantages over the character
based method:
§ The subtitle font, size and position can be adjusted and controlled by the editor.
§ Presentation effects like outline, box and stripe can be applied.
§ All languages and text scripts are supported because the subtitles are transmitted
as images.
§ The subtitles may be output in higher resolution and in greater quality.

The DVB subtitle stream needs to be multiplexed together with the audio and video
streams into the program stream of the digital material before the actual transmission of
the program.
Currently EZConvert could create and output DVB subtitle streams for use by ProMedia
Carbon and Manzanita MP2TSME as well as Generic DVB Elementary Stream.
All three of them will produce fully compliant DVB subtitle stream but it will be
customized for the specific needs and requirements of either ProMedia Carbon or
Manzanita applications.

Compatibility

DVB Subtitles for The output DVB subtitles stream is optimized for use by
ProMedia Carbon ProMedia Carbon.
Note: Please note that DVB Subtitles cannot be encoded
by using the ProMedia Carbon GUI or ADMIN tools.
The Job Submit function shall be considered instead. The
Rhozet API guide explains in details how to use DVB
subtitles and ProMedia Carbon in your workflow.
DVB Subtitles for The output DVB subtitles stream is optimized for use by
Manzanita MP2TSME Manzanita MP2TSME multiplexer.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VIII. Export DVB Subtitles 303

Two files are created: .dvb elementary subtitle stream

binary data and xml based description file with .idx
extension.
Note: Please mind that in Manzanita's user interface you
need to Insert Private Stream and then add the .idx XML
file.
MPEG-TS The output will be MPEG Transport Stream (mpeg-ts) with
(FFMPEG compatible) .dvb extension compatible for muxing by FFMPEG.
Note: The proccess of muxing the output can be automated
via EZConvert's Watch Folder by configuring Post
Conversion Event to do that.
Generic DVB ES The Generic DVB Elementary Stream is a sequence of PES
packages, starting with packet_start_code_prefix (0x000001),
containing PTS and Data field with the encoded subtitles.
For more information please refer to ISO/IEC 13818-1 and
ETSI EN 300 743.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

304 EZConvert User Guide

General

Recut/Offs Allows you to Recut/Offset the subtitles during the export. From the
et drop-down menu you can choose between the following options:
None - doesn't recut or offset the subtitles and they will be exported
with their original timing.
Manual - allows you manually specify the offset for the recut.
Auto - automatically offsets the timing using the first subtitle's In-cue.
All timecodes are offset backward with the first subtitle's In-cue
rounded down to the closes hour. For example if the first subtitle
originally starts at 10:00:32:21 after applying the recut it's start time
will become 00:00:32:21.
Programme Start TC - automatically subtracts the value of the
Programme Start TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the
input file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL, EBU-TT,
EZT or EZTXML file formats only.
Video Start TC - automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file and uses it to recut/offset the subtitles.
Pixel Color Determines the quality of the DVB subtitles. Choosing higher value for
Depth the pixel color depth will increase the quality of the DVB subtitles but at
the same time will increase their size.

Stream properties
ISO Language - The DVB standard allows different languages to be transmitted
simultaneously and viewers are able to choose which one to activate by the subtitle
selection menu of their TV set.
Code is the 3 letters language code specified by the ISO standard. When you choose a
language this field is automatically set with the default code. If it is not the correct one
you can type a new value by hand.
Subtitling type indicates if these are regular subtitles or has more descriptive functions
for deaf and heard of hearing.
Stream ID - allows you change the PID of the DVB subtitle stream. This option is available
only when exporting MPEG-TS (FFMPEG compatible) DVB subtitles.

Options
Please mind that all other remaining options shall be used only if there is a problem with
the default parameters.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part VIII. Export DVB Subtitles 305

They are intended to solve some compatibility issues which appear on different DVB
decoding devices.

Skip Display Definition Discards Display Definition Segment attribute from the
Segment DVB stream.
Use 0x00000000 for The transparent color could be 0x00000000 or black
transparent CLUT entry with maximum possible level of transparency (255).
Use Region fill flag Forces the region_fill_flag.
Full width regions Instead of creating display regions with the size of the
text this option will create region with the width of the
video instead.
Full width Bitmaps Creates bitmaps to fill in the whole display region. Some
decoding devices might not be able to correctly display
partially filled in or empty regions.
Send non-empty PCS on By default each subtitle will hide by transmitting an
hide subtitle empty page which doesn't contain any regions. This,
however, might turn into a problem for some devices
and by activating this option EZConvert will create a
page containing region that equals the size of the lastly
displayed one, instead of a page without region.
Send empty bitmaps If the Send non-empty PCS... option is already activated
the display region will be filled by a transparent bitmap.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part IX.
Export DVD Images
 Part IX. Export DVD Images 307

In general exported subtitles contain image files for every subtitle with unique names
and a text script that combines these files. The text script includes in- and out-cues, and
information about placement of the images. Title and other information about the
subtitled material can also be included. The structure of the script file is usually
described in the selected authoring system manuals and in general differs depending on
the system.
The scrip format and images depend on the selected authoring system. The following
authoring systems are supported by EZConvert:
Authoring System Supported image formats
Sonic Reel DVD/ Scenarist BMP 8 bit, BMP 8 bit RLE, TIFF 8 bit, TIFF 8bit RLE
Spruce DVD Maestro TIFF 8 bit
Graphics STL BMP 8 bit, BMP 8 bit RLE, TIFF 8 bit, TIFF 8 bit LZW
Pinnacle Impression DVD BMP 8 bit, BMP 24 bit
Adobe Encore DVD BMP 8 bit, BMP 24 bit, TIFF 8 bit, TIFF 8 bit LZW, TIFF 24 bit
Apple DVD Studio Pro 4 BMP 8 bit, BMP 8 bit RLE, TIFF 8 bit, TIFF 8 bit LZW
Blu-ray BDN XML PNG 8 bit, PNG 32 bit
Sonic Scenarist Advanced Content PNG 8 bit, PNG 32 bit
DoStudio Authoring Suite PNG 8 bit
Ultech DV2000 */DV3000 UYC, UYC RLE
Final Cut Pro X and earlier TIFF 32 bit, TIFF 32 bit LZW, PNG 32 bit
Panasonic Blu-Ray Authoring SPI PNG 8 bit
Toshiba DVD Authoring System BMP 8 bit
Custom (4 colors) BMP 8 bit, BMP 8 bit RLE, BMP 24 bit, TIFF 8 bit, TIFF 8 bit
LZW, TIFF 8bit RLE, TIFF 24 bit
NONE/HD/NLE BMP 24 bit, BMP 32 bit, TIFF 24 bit, TIFF 32 bit, TIFF 32 bit
LZW, PNG 8 bit, PNG 32 bit

EZConvert supports various image formats, but not all of them can be used for each and
every authoring system. In the second column of the above table are listed the
supported image formats. Some authoring systems use images cropped around the text,
while other use full-frame images.
The supported authoring systems, with the exception of the Custom and NONE/HD/NLE
options, accept strictly defined sets of images and text scripts. EZConvert automatically
takes care about the specific requirements.
When an authoring system is selected the export dialog layout is changed accordingly
and there are only a minor number of things you should consider.
Blu-ray BDN XML exports subtitles for Blu-ray discs and Sonic Scenarist Advanced
Content exports subtitles for HD-DVD.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

308 EZConvert User Guide

The Graphics STL option is intended to supply images and STL script compatible with
Spruce DVD Maestro's STL input option. It supports both BMP and TIFF outputs as well
and has different color palette.

Export in custom format

The other two options Custom (4 colors) and NONE/HD/NLE are special ones. The text
script and the image formats are fully customizable.
Custom (4-colors) system is intended for classic DVDs that use 4-colors images.
NONE/NLE/HD system exports full color anti-aliased images with alpha channel (PNG,
TIFF, etc.).
These special authoring systems are discussed in more details later in NONE/HD/NLE and
Custom 4 Color Systems topic.
* Although the Ultech DV2000 is not actually DVD authoring system, subtitles for it are
exported from here because the output has very similar structure and consists of script
file and special set of images.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IX. Export DVD Images 309

9.1. Predefined Authoring Systems

Most of the authoring systems accept specific files and scripts only and EZConvert
handles them automatically but there are couple of things which still require you to
intervene.
The content of the export dialog changes accordingly with the selected DVD system but
most options are common to all of the DVD systems.
For simplicity, lets take a look at only one of them. Below is the dialog corresponding to
Sonic Reel DVD and Sonic Scenarist:

Sonic Reel DVD and Sonic Scenaris Export

DVD System Displays the authoring system currently selected in the

Project Settings.
You can change it from here, but it is recommended to
create the EZConvert project for the target authoring
system by selecting it from the Project Settings menu.
Image format Format of the exported image files. The different authoring
systems support different image formats, so your choice
here will be restricted depending on the selected system.
File name The name of the special text script file, which contains the
In- and Out-cues, image placement, subtitled material title
and other information.
Write full path When this option is checked, the image file names in the
script file are specified with their full path, e.g. D:\DVD

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

310 EZConvert User Guide

Samples\Demo\D_0001.BMP.
If this option is not checked, only the file name with
extension will be used; in this case: D_0001.BMP.
Image file prefix The text value in this field together with the subsequent
subtitle numbers forms individual image names.
In the above figure the image names will be: D_0001.BMP,
D_0002.BMP and so on.
Crop subtitle image This option specifies that output images should be reduced
to actual size to the size defined by the area occupied by the subtitle
text.
Please note that not all authoring systems support both
cropped and uncropped images and the option is set
automatically.
Export uncompressed Usually after producing image files, they are delivered to
images the customer (via e-mail for example) or used locally. But
total size of rendered images might be very large.
So, unless you want to import rendered images
immediately into a locally installed DVD authoring system,
it’s better to leave this option unchecked.
In this case, a stand-alone .ZIP file will be produced which
will contain the script file, all the image files and most
importantly - it will be much smaller in size.
If you check this option you can enter a destination folder
for the uncompressed images into the Folder field by hand
or you can browse for it with the help of the “…” button.
If you uncheck this option the Folder field and the “…”
button will be disabled and after pressing the OK button
the program will show a standard Windows Save dialog
asking for the destination of the .ZIP file.
Export Zero Subtitle If for some reason the Zero Subtitle (which usually contains
information on the subtitled video material – title, author,
etc.) needs to be exported as an image file, you should set
this option on.

Output Colors
The output colors section is available only for DVD systems that use 4 colors.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IX. Export DVD Images 311

Please mind the colors selected here are not the presentation colors of the subtitles as
they will be rendered by the DVD player. These colors are used internally and will be
replaced by the actual ones by the DVD authoring software.
As a general rule Color 1 corresponds to the image's Background, Color 2 is the Outline,
Color 3 is the anti-aliasing and Color 4 - the Text's color.
Some of the DVD authoring systems allow changing the colors while other use fixed
colors. That's why for some DVD authoring systems the editing is disabled and the colors
are displayed for reference only.
Color Palette
When exporting images for Sonic Reel DVD/Scenarist, Spruce DVD Maestro, Graphics
STL, Apple DVD Studio Pro, or in general DVD systems with 4 colors, the default color
palette can be modified directly from the export menu. This may be required if the
authoring system in question uses custom color palette. So, modifying the color palette
in EZTitles allows subtitles formated in any of color from the "custom" palette to be
exported with the appropriate index color.
More information about presentation of 4 Color images or the color mapping methods is
available with the About DVD Subtitles Rendering and Colors topic.
Notes for Ultech DV2000/DV3000: If you are exporting HD1080 images you will be
asked to specify the video scan type: progressive (1080p) or interlaced (1080i). Be sure
to select the right setting because it is very important for the right placement of the
subtitles.

Pressing the button at the bottom of the window will open additional menu with a
couple of options

Preview Text Script Displays a preview window with the exported script's body.
Preview Images Opens a preview window which demonstrates how the
exported image will look like.
In case the export is intended for any of the 4 colors, classic
DVD systems, the image will be displayed with the colors from
the Output Colors section.
Load Template Allows you to open a template containing the attributes for
the creation of a custom text script. It is available only when
NONE/HD/NLE or Custom 4 Color are selected for DVD System.
Save Template Allows you to save template containing the attributes you've
specified for the custom text script. It is available only when
NONE/HD/NLE or Custom 4 Color are selected for DVD System.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

312 EZConvert User Guide

Set Default Restores the default Output Colors and attributes for the
Attributes selected DVD systems or automatically loads the default
custom text script template in case the NONE/HD/NLE or
Custom 4 Color options are selected.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IX. Export DVD Images 313

9.2. NONE/HD/NLE and Custom 4 Color Systems

The NONE/HD/NLE and Custom (4 Color) options are special ones because it is possible
to define and export text scripts and images with custom layout by using them. The
specific options for these systems are described below.
Using NONE/HD/NLE option you can create full color anti-aliased images with alpha
channel (PNG and TIFF images) when the output is intended for Blu-ray authoring or EDL
for editing by another NLE system.
While the 4 Color one is provided for classic 4-color DVD authoring.

Define the Text script layout

Note: Some of the text fields can contain long text that doesn't fit on the screen. Press
F4 key and more convenient editor for the selected field will be displayed.
The custom text script can be created by using large number of attributes. Their
placement in the script's body could also be important and the script's layout is
organized in the following way:
File header
Individual lines for every subtitle
...
...
File footer

EZConvert allows you to enter any of the attributes in either the Header and Footer
sections as well as at the line dedicated to the individual subtitles, as shown on the
below image:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

314 EZConvert User Guide

NONE/NLE/HD Export

File header/footer
File header and file footer contains text that is placed at the beginning and at the end of
the file. You can use new lines at the beginning or at the end of the text to separate it
from the subtitles.
The text is copied exactly to the output, except the parameters which are replaced by
their values. The parameters are embedded in “<” and “>” tags. The valid parameters for
the file header/footer are:

<first_in_cue>, First subtitles' in-cue and last subtitles' out-cue. By default

<last_out_cue> the timecode is formatted as HH:MM:SS:FF.
If you want to export these cues in a different way you can
specify the pattern by using the following form: <in_cue
hh:mm:ss.ff> (the frames are separated with “.”).
The format timecode patterns are discussed here.

<video_standard> The video format: PAL, NTSC, etc.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IX. Export DVD Images 315

<tc_standard> The timecode format used: 25fps, 30fps DROP_FRAME,

30fps NON_DROP, 24fps

<programme_start_tc> Saves program's start timecode as read from .ezt or .eztxml

files or chooses the closest hour depending on first subtitle's
in-cue when converting from other sources or program's
start TC isn't available.

<created_on> The date and time when the file was exported.

<software_version> String in the following form: "EZConvert 6.0.1 PRO".

<directory> The folder where the scrip is exported.

<orig_title> The corresponding attributes from File/Details...

<orig_episode>
<orig_lang>
<trans_title>
<trans_episode>
<trans_lang>

Individual lines
In Text Script Format box you can specify the layout of the lines in the text script. The
parameters are enclosed in “<” and “>” tags and are replaced by their values in the
output. All other text is copied exactly as is.
Following is the list of the valid parameters:

<in_cue>, Subtitles’ in- and out-cues. By default the timecode is

<out_cue> formatted as HH:MM:SS:FF.
If you want to export the timecode in a different way you can
specify the pattern in the following form: <in_cue hh:mm:ss.ff>
(the frames are separated with “.”).
For more information refer to Format Timecode Patterns.
<dur> Duration of the subtitle. The duration is formatted as SS:FF by
default, but you can change it by specifying another pattern.
Thus if you want to separate the seconds and frames by “.”,
specify <dur ss.ff>
For more information refer to Format Timecode Patterns.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

316 EZConvert User Guide

<num> Sequential number, starting from 1. You can also specify

number of digits and width.
If the number is shorter than the width it is right aligned by
spaces. If the number contains less than specified number of
digits, leading zeros are inserted.
Thus if you enter <num:4> the result will look like: “0024”,
<num:4:6> will produce: “ 0024”.
<sttl_num> Subtitle number as it is in EZConvert. Can contain numbers and
a letter. In general this is not the sequential number.
For example, if a subtitle is split in EZTitles, the new subtitle is
created with the same number, concatenated with the letter
“a”.
<file_name> The name of the image file. The file names are created from the
image file prefix and the sequential number of the subtitle.
<left> Position of the image. If the images are cropped these
<top> parameters are used to specify the image placement.
<right>
<bottom> The values are in pixels.
<width>
<height>

<new_line> New line: CR/LF

<tab> Tab character is inserted.

If you press the “?” button next to the input line you will get a short help article about
the parameters. The list box below contains examples and the history of the used
patterns.
Example: the following pattern:
SUBTITLE <in_cue> <file_name> <left> <top><new_line>SUBTITLE <out_cue>

will generate the following lines in the text script:

SUBTITLE 10:00:00:00 D_0000.BMP 267 479
SUBTITLE 10:00:30:00
SUBTITLE 10:01:00:10 D_0001.BMP 252 443
SUBTITLE 10:01:30:10
SUBTITLE 10:02:00:00 D_0002.BMP 69 407
SUBTITLE 10:02:45:05

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part IX. Export DVD Images 317

Custom (4 colors)

If the target is to create Custom (4 Color) images for 4-color DVD authoring this is the
place where the proper color configuration shall be decided:

In general Color 1 will be used for the background, Color 2 for outline, Color 3 for anti-
aliasing and Color 4 for the text's foreground.
If the subtitles have box effect applied then Color 2 will be used for the box's color and
Color 3 will be used for either the ant-aliasing or outline colors.

At any moment, while preparing your script, you can press the button and use the
Preview Script or Preview Image options to see the precise look of your subtitles.
Make the necessary changes if the output doesn’t meet your requirements and when
you are ready press OK.
When the custom layout is defined you can save it as a Template using the Save
template button at the bottom of the window.
In addition if you have already used the Save template option, you can easily open a
template using the Load template button later.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part X.
Closed Captions
 Part X. Closed Captions 319

The next few topics are bound to describe just the specific issues when creating Line 21
or digital CEA-708 Closed Captions. It is assumed that at this point you are familiar with
the software.
The following closed captions file formats are supported by EZConvert:
§ Scenarist Closed Caption Format (SCC)
§ CPC-715 Online Caption Format (.onl)
§ MacCaption Project File (.cca)
§ Cheetah CAP
§ Cheetah ASC
§ Captions Inc. Files (.cin)
§ NCI CAP
§ NCI Timed Roll Up Captions (.flc)
§ ProCAP Captions (.txt)
§ Ultech ULT Captions
§ TDS
§ ECF
§ MCC CEA-708 (.mcc)
§ SMPTE-TT
§ Crackle 1.1 compliant SMPTE-TT
§ CFF-TT

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

320 EZConvert User Guide

10.1. Project Settings

First you need to adjust the project type using the Edit/Project Settings... menu or the

button on the toolbar:

Project Type

Project Type and Mode

Depending on the selected closed captions mode some functions of the program could
be disabled:

CEA-708 All command and features are available including:

colors, background colors, italics, underline and all
closed captions specific presentation styles (Paint-
On, Pop-On and Roll-up).
CEA 608 All command and features are available with the
exception of the background color. Background color
could not be changed for CEA 608 captions as per
specifications.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 321

TeleCap I No colors and Paint-On captions. The corresponding

commands are disabled.
TeleCap II No colors. The corresponding commands are
disabled.
SCC (DVD Closed Captions) Scenarist Closed Caption format used by DVD
authoring systems. Only Pop-On captions are
available.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

322 EZConvert User Guide

Safe Area

Safe Area

For CEA-608 closed captions the screen is divided in 32 columns which also means that
there might be no more than 32 characters for each text line.
Due to compatibility the Maximum characters per row is limited to 32 in EZConvert.
The very same applies for CEA-708 closed captions but for projects with 16:9 aspect ratio
the screen is 42 columns wide instead so up to 42 characters can be entered. The
Maximum characters per row setting will change accordingly when changing the project
settings to CEA 708 mode and selecting 16:9 aspect ratio.
Interleave CC data for 23.976fps to maintain 30/1.001 pairs per second - The option is
available for projects with 23.976fps frame rate and changes the captions encoding
model in accordance with the "CEA-708-B" standard.
By default the option is turned off which means that 2 pairs of CC data will be encoded
for every video frame.
When the option is turned on, 3 pairs of CC data will be encoded for every other frame.
Or in other words, turning the option on enables 25% more text to be encoded over the
same period of time which will also account for decreasing the "time to process"
required for each caption.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 323

Note: Turning the "Interleave" option is recommended only when confirmed that the
particular service provider acknowledges the "CEA-708-B" recommendations. Although
the "CEA-708-B" standard was released in 1999 it appears it might not be fully adopted
by every service provider which may result in rejections.
Use extended character set - enables the use of characters from the Line 21 extended
character list set.
These are basically vowels commonly used in the French, Spanish, Portuguese and Italian
as well as some additional symbols (curly brackets, single quotes and etc.).
Double control codes - the control characters are duplicated on transmit.
Blank between pop-ons - the default value is 2 frames. The blank between pop-ons
option is also consider when applying Fix Subtitle command.

Fonts

According to CEA-608 standard the screen is divided in 32 columns and 15 rows with
fixed width and height and only monospaced fonts could be used.
The CEA-708 extends the caption presentation and allows several predefined font styles
both monospaced and proportionally spaced.

It's important to mention that proportionally spaced fonts take less space on the screen,
about 80% the width of a line with monospaced font.
This, however, shall not be mistaken with the safe limit of characters. No matter of the
selected font type, up to 32 or 42 (for 16:9 aspect ratio) characters can still be entered.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

324 EZConvert User Guide

The Default Font directly corresponds to the default preview font set at the viewer's
decoding device. In terms of EZCovert, the default font is a monospaced font to address
some compatibility issues.

Reading Speed and Cues

The Reading Speed and Cues related attributes have the very same usage for Teletext,
Open subtitles and Closed Captions.
Respectively the options provided in Closed Captions are identical to those we have
already discussed in the two previous topics: Reading Speed Parameters and Cues.

Presentation Style
Along with the other attributes discussed in Presentation Style for Closed Captions
projects you can change the captions style from the corresponding drop-down menu.
Pop-on, Roll-up and Pain-on styles are available. Again by selecting "NO CHANGE" you
will instruct the program to use the styles as they are specified in the imported file.
Note it is recommended to keep the Alignment to NO CHANGE. Otherwise all captions
individual positions will will be lost.

Closed Captions Presentation Style

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 325

10.2. Working in Closed Captions Mode

Workspace Environment

The caption style (pop-on, paint-on, roll-up2, roll-up3, roll-up4) is shown in the preview
list.
For clear visibility the captions could be displayed boxed or unboxed. The boxes can be

turned on/off with the View/Boxed menu, Ctrl-B keyboard shortcut or the button
on the toolbar.
Note that the boxed subtitles are there to improve the text readability only and do not
affect the exported files.

Time to Build

Time to build is the number of frames needed to display (transmit) the subtitle text and
the control codes. If it is less the captions won't be displayed correctly.
The subtitles with not enough build-up time are indicated by a red number in the
preview list. The number represents the insufficient frames count.

If the current subtitle and the previous one are not "stick" together, the insufficient
build-up time appears because the gap between them is not big enough.
You can use the "Fix Intervals" option in Fix Subtitles command to fit the subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

326 EZConvert User Guide

10.3. Check Closed Captions

The Checks command is extended with additional options accessible and applicable only
to Closed Captions:

Enough time to process Checks for captions with build-up time

issues.
Text on rows 5-11 Checks if there is any text inserted on
these rows. Text on rows 5-11 may
typically cause issues during transition.
Roll-up on multiple lines Finds roll-up style captions containing
more than 1 line of text.

In addition, when the program is working in Closed Captions mode options to find
captions in specific style, Paint-On, Pop-on or Roll-Up, are available with Check
Subtitles/Attributes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 327

10.4. Import/Export Closed Captions

Import Closed Captions files

The import procedure is similar to the one described earlier. Use File/Import... menu or

toolbar button.
Standard Windows open dialog is displayed containing files in all supported by EZConvert
formats.
There is an "Append" check box at the bottom of the dialog which you can select if you
want to append the imported file to the current subtitles. If for some reason the
program can't recognize the file format you can use File/Advanced Import... menu as
described in Import Subtitles topic.

Importing of some Closed Captions dedicated formats (CIN, SCC, NCI CAP, ULT, TDS,
ProCAP, FLC - NCI Roll-Up captions) will display additional option when the project is
configured for 23.976fps:

Interleave CC data for 23.976fps video to maintain 30/1.001 pairs per second - changes
how caption's timings are calculated for 23.976fps in accordance with the CEA-708-B
standard.
When the option is turned on, 3 pairs of CC data will be encoded for every other frame.
And when it's turned off - 2 pairs of CC data will be encoded for every video frame. Or in
other words, turning the option on allows 25% more text to be decoded over the same
period of time which also accounts for decreasing the "time to process" required for each
caption.
Note: Whether the option is clicked on or off by default depends on how the same
option is configured at the Project Settings/Safe Area menu. We don't recommend
turning the option on when it isn't turned on in the Project Settings. And vise-versa.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

328 EZConvert User Guide

Export Closed Captions files

When the Export command is selected from the File/Export menu or toolbar button
is pressed, the following dialog box appears:

Export Closed Captions files

Here you can choose the format into which you'd like to export the current file. Then you
have to click the Export button to proceed.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 329

Depending on the type of the captions file you'd like to export to, you will be asked to
adjust some of these settings:

Closed Captions Export Configuration

With the Mode section you can choose to prepare the subtitles for the Closed Captions
CEA-608, TeleCap I or TeleCap II modes. Differences between these modes are described
in the Project Properties section.
Depending on your choice for Channel, the prepared subtitle file will be inserted in one of
the two data channels used with the Closed Captions.
Export in upper case will output a file which text contains only UPPER case letters.
Double control codes - the control characters are duplicated to ensure correct
transmission.
Export extended character set - enables the use of characters from the Line 21 extended
character list set. If not selected and there are extended characters in the captions you
will receive an error message.
Blank between pop-ons - the default value is 2 frames.
Interleave CC data for 23.976fps video to maintain 30/1.001 pairs per second - changes
how caption's timings are calculated for 23.976fps videos in accordance with the CEA-
708-B standard. The option is available when exporting into the following file formats:
CIN, SCC, NCI CAP, ULT, TDS, ProCAP, MCC and FLC - NCI Roll-Up captions.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

330 EZConvert User Guide

When the option is turned on, 3 pairs of CC data will be encoded for every other frame.
And when it's turned off - 2 pairs of CC data will be encoded for every video frame. Or in
other words, turning the option on allows 25% more text to be encoded over the same
period of time which also accounts for decreasing the "time to process" required for each
caption.
Note: Whether the option is clicked on or off by default depends on how the same
option is configured at the Project Settings/Safe Area menu. We don't recommend
turning the option on when it isn't turned on in the Project Settings. And vise-versa.
For SCC formatted captions a few additional options will appear:

QuickTime compatible SCC - the output caption file could be played under Mac OS via
QuickTime player with ClosedCaptionImporter filter installed. Please note that if you are
producing 23.976fps SCC files, you shall make sure that either 30fps Drop or Non-Drop
has been selected on the TimeCode Format drop-down.
Custom Frame Separator - enables you to specify custom symbol to separate frames
from seconds of the timecode in the output file. Colon (:) is used as the default symbol.
Erase Display Memory on Programme Start - Enables insertion of Erase Display Memory
(EDM) control code at the selected Programme Start Timecode(see below). This may be
needed by certain equipment and applications, like QuickTime, to correctly keep Closed
Captions data in sync with the video playback.
Programme Start Timecode

Manual Enables you to manually type in EDM's timecode.

Auto Automatically sets the Programme Start timecode using
the first subtitle's In-cue rounded down to the closes
hour. For example, if the first subtitle starts at
10:00:32:21 EDM's value will be automatically set to
10:00:00:00.
Programme automatically subtracts the value of the Programme Start
Start TC TimeCode metadata parameter if available in the input
file. Note that this parameter is supported for EBU STL,
EBU-TT, EZT or EZTXML file formats only.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 331

Video Start TC automatically gets video's start time from the input EZT
or EZTXML file.

This option can be used for two things.

First, when Erase Display Memory... is enabled, it'll insert EDM control code at the
specified timecode.
And second, if Erase Display Memory is disabled, it'll verify if the first caption in the file
can be loaded in time, i.e. will perform Time to build check for the first caption, according
to the specified programme timecode. If the first caption cannot be loaded in time, then
it's in-cue will automatically be moved forward to ensure correct display for it.

Favorites

The user can create list with the"favorite", most frequently used, formats for import or
export by clicking the bullet on the right side of each particular format. To remove any of
them from the favorites category it's only necessary to click on the bullet again.

Range

EZConvert does also provide unique function that allows you to select how many and
which subtitles will be saved to the exported file by using the options that will show up
after pressing the Range button.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

332 EZConvert User Guide

10.4.1. MacCaption Project Files (.cca)

MacCaption project file (.cca) is versatile format originally created for the purposes of
MacCaption®. One of the distinct features of MacCaption is to segregate the captions in
the project into different programs or tracks, as we call it in EZConvert, each possibly
intended for different use - one containing the main text of the captions, another, for
example, for the forced narratives, a third with the description of the sound effects
heard, and so on. MacCaption files are supported only for import for now.
EZConvert is able to recognize/read up to 6 different programs (called Program A, B, C, D,
E and F) and merge them together onto a single track or split them between the main
and secondary subtitle tracks for now. This is configurable from the import configuration
options:

Multiple programs can be imported on both the main and secondary track. It's not
possible to import a program just on the secondary track and there should always be a
program in the main track.
In addition, EZConvert will read and interpret correctly horizontal and vertical
positioning, color information (the default 8 color palette is supported), italics, underline
as well as closed captions styles: pop-on, paint-on and roll-up.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 333

10.4.2. MCC Captions

MCC captions format is designed by CPC (Computer Prompting & Captioning Co.) to
contain both CEA-608 data for NTSC standard definition video (29.97fps) and CEA-708
data for Digital Television.
It addresses several issues and limitations which tend to happen in the standard process
of converting CEA-608 captioning to CEA-708 for DTV:
§ Correct 16:9 positioning of caption text;
§ Proper support for HD video frames such as 23.976fps, 59.94 fps and 60 fps;
§ Font style and size settings for HDTV;
§ Opacity control of caption blocks behind the text.

Import MCC

According to the specification MCC files can contain both CEA-608 and CEA-708 data
with multiple services. The only action you should take during the import is to specify
which part of the file you are going to import.

Export MCC

When you click the MCC CEA-708 export, the following dialog will appear:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

334 EZConvert User Guide

Scipt Info

Version Here you need to select the version of the output file. The
main differences are:
MCC v. 1.0 - supports 24, 25, 30, 30 DF, 50, 60 frame rates.
MCC v. 2.0 - also includes support for 60 DF (59.94fps).
Language You can specify the closed captions language considering that
only Latin languages are supported.
Code Page By specifications Unicode encoding is supported. However, we
suggest the files to be encoded in ANSI 1252.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 335

Type From here you can select how the captions will be saved- as
CEA-608, CEA-708 or both.
Write empty frames Empty packets are inserted for the frames that contain no
captions data. The exported file will contain packets for every
video frame.
Compact Packages According to the MCC specification a simple character
compression could be applied.

Append Options
EZConvert enables the user to "merge" the captions from an existing file with the
captions currently loaded in when the Append to existing file option is clicked on.
When exporting CEA-608 captions, EZConvert can merge only one channel per field - CC1
or CC2 in Field 1 and CC3 or CC4 in Field 2. For example, the original MCC file already
contains captions on CC1 in field 1 and the editor wants to add another captions stream
to CC3.
But if EZTitles detects there are captions on both CC1 and CC2 it, by default, will: keep
the existing on CC1 captions ; remove the existing on CC2 captions and add new captions
to CC3. The default behavior can be modified, so please let us know via e-mail to
[email protected] if it's necessary to change it.
Everything is a lot more simplified when exporting CEA-708 captions because they allow
transmission of up to 6 different caption services at a time. In this case, EZConvert will
verify if the selected Service is available and if it is, will successfully add the new captions
to the selected service.

608 Options
CEA-608 related export options are similar to those available for all other Closed
Captions formats. More information can be found at this topic.

708 Options
At this section all CEA-708 options and features can be adjusted.

Service Number Select CEA-708 service number: Service 1 to Service 6.

Font 1/2 Allows you to select one of the 8 available font styles as
defined by the specifications. Their size can be changed from
the associated drop-down to the right.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

336 EZConvert User Guide

By choosing the Default option, the closed captions will be

displayed with the Default font used by the viewers decoder
when displayed on screen.
Otherwise, selecting a specific font, will overwrite the
viewer's default choice for preview font.
Use Fade When clicked Fade effect will be applied to the captions - it
causes the window to fade in and out the screen at the
specified effect speed.
The fade speed can be adjusted from the drop-down to the
right.
Force Text Color Changes the color of all captions with the one selected on
the color palette to the right. Please mind that you can
choose between 64 colors only.
They are defined by the CEA-708 specifications.
Force Alignment Changes the alignment of all captions with the one selected
on the drop-down to the right.
Force Boxed Subtitles Allows you to change the Box Type (Boxed, Block Boxed),
Box Color and Opacity of all captions in the file.
Compatibility with This option is intended for use when you need to export
Adobe Premiere CC CEA-708 MCC closed captions file for use by Adobe Premiere
CC only.
It has to be switched off for creating correct MCC file for use
by Adobe Premiere CS6.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 337

10.4.3. SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions (.xml)

The SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions export option is a derivative of the SMPTE Timed Text
specifications which strictly follows the guidelines set by "SMPTE RP 2052-10:2012"
describing how standard CEA 608 captioning data must be converted into a SMPTE-TT
compliant XML. The SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions option is intended solely for the
purposes for Closed Captioning and should not be mistaken with the more general
SMPTE-TT Subtitles export.

Import of SMPTE-TT files

The single thing you need to consider while importing SMPTE-TT files, is the position of
the text on screen.
It will be determined according to the Vertical/Horizontal Safe Area width specified in
the SMPTE-TT file itself.
However, if this information is not present you can specify it on the dialog as explained
below:

The Vertical and Horizontal width define a region on the screen which guarantee that the
whole text will be displayed and width of 80% is considered default because it equals the
CEA 608 requirements for positioning the text in 32x15 grid.

Export of SMPTE-TT files

Some of the options available at the SMPTE-TT export dialog are common to all other
Closed Captions formats and are well explained with this topic.
For the SMPTE-TT specific export options you may read below:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

338 EZConvert User Guide

Script format EZConvert supports three different outputs based around the
original SMPTE-TT specifications:
CEA-608- the output file complies with the more general
recommendations for converting CEA-608 data into Timed
Text according to SMPTE RP 2052-10.
Crackle ver 1.1 - the output file complies with Crackle's
specifications: Crackle SMPTE-TT Technical Specs, version
1.1.
CFF-TT - the output complies withe specific requirements set
by Common File Format & Media Formats Specification,
version 2.0.
Channel Depending on your choice for Channel, the prepared subtitle file
will be inserted in one of the four data channels associated with
Closed Captions: CC1 and CC2 in Field 1, CC3 and CC4 in Field 4.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 339

The selected Channel will change the output only when also
using the option to Tunnel 608 Data.
Tunnel 608 Data By clicking on the Tunnel 608 Data, raw closed captions data will
be exported in the <Head> section of the output SMPTE-TT file
in order to preserve the original CEA-608 closed captions
stream.
Language Enables the user to specify subtitles' language.
No region code The language identifier tag consists of two parts Language ID +
Country ID. For example, if we select "English (United States)"
from the drop-down, the corresponding language tag will be:
xml:lang="en-US".
For compliance with other applications or equipment, however,
only the Language ID may be required. In this case, activating
the No Region checkbox will output the following:
xml:lang="en".
Bold Exports all subtitles text as bold.
Safe Area Vertical and Horizontal width are used to define the text's
precise position on the screen. Values of 80% are considered
default because they correspond to the CEA 608 requirements
for positioning the text in the 32x15 grid. We suggest you to use
the defaults unless something else is required.
Timecode Format When exporting "CEA-608" file, timing in the output will be
expressed as Media Time, whilst when exporting "Crackle"
compatible, timing will be exported as SMPTE Timecode.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

340 EZConvert User Guide

10.4.4. Ultech captions (.ult)

Ultech (.ult) captions provide somewhat extensive functionality compared to other

closed captions offline files, the biggest difference being that multiple captions streams
can be embedded into one .ult file. Respectively, some of the options available when
working with .ult captions may be different to the other Closed Captions dedicated file
formats.

Importing Ultech (.ult) captions

Considering that Ultech (.ult) files could carry more than one captions stream you can
end up seeing the following options when you try to import an .ult:

allowing you to choose which captions stream you would want to load in EZConvert. So,
if we take a look at the picture above, EZConvert has found captions on CC1, CC2 and
CC3 in the original file, but CC4 remains grayed out because there were no captions
found on it.

Exporting Ultech (.ult) captions

Most of the Ultech (.ult) export options are common to all other Closed Captions
formats are explained in this topic.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part X. Closed Captions 341

But there considering Ultech (.ult) special feature to carry multiple caption streams per
file, EZConvert also provides the option to "merge" the captions from existing file with
the captions currently loaded in when the Append to existing file option is clicked on.
EZConvert can merge only one channel per field - CC1 or CC2 in Field 1 and CC3 or CC4 in
Field 2. For example, the original .ult file already contains captions on CC1 in field 1 and
the editor wants to add another captions stream to CC3.
But if EZConvert detects there are captions on both CC1 and CC2 it, by default, will: keep
the existing on CC1 captions ; remove the existing on CC2 captions and add new captions
to CC3. The default behavior can be modified, so please let us know via e-mail to
[email protected] if it's necessary to change it.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part XI.
Batch conversions and
automation
 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 343

EZConvert provides extensive features focused extremely on the automation of the

conversion and QC processes and conversion of large batch of files at one go. The variety
of configurations and options available will be explored in details with the following
topics:
Watch Folder Mode - focuses on the basics of automating the conversion process via
setting up a Watch Folder as well as on the extensive QC options available with it.
Workflow - provides the necessary introduction to more advanced conversions or QC
operations which need to be queued one after another.
Command Line Conversion Tool - explains how our software can be used silently, in
the background, by invoking the conversion or QC by direct input in the command
prompt or via script.
Metadata Flow - describes what happens to the metadata information we read from
the input file and how it can be passed to the output.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

344 EZConvert User Guide

11.1. Metadata pass-through

A lot of subtitling formats provide additional details like the language they are intended
for or metadata about the Editor who created the subtitles, specific Title Name, revision
number, etc, and there might be situations in which the EZConvert user may wish to
keep these throughout the conversion and add the same metadata to the output file.
Hopefully, both the Command Line and Watch Folder versions of EZConvert can help
with those kind of tasks. At the moment EZConvert interprets from the source and
passes them to the output the following parameters and attributes:
Frame Rate / Timecode Format
Language
Translation Metadata

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 345

11.1.1. Frame Rate and Timecode

Utilizing the original frame rate and timecode format of the source file can be extremely
helpful as it reduces the number of Watch Folders or Command Line configurations
needed in the day-to-day operations. Now, a single Watch Folder or the same Command
Line configuration can effectively be used for conversions of files intended and created
for different frame rates.
The process is quite simple:
1. Set the Frame Rate parameter in the Watch Folder or the .cfg configuration file to
<from_source>.
Note: Please refer to the topics dedicated to configuring Watch Folder or doing the
conversion with the Command Line tool for the details.
2. If the source file doesn't contain information about the frame rate, the conversion
will be canceled and the appropriate message will be output in Watch Folder's error
log or in the Command Line console (error stream).
3. If the source file has information about the frame rate but not about the timecode
format (drop or non-drop), the timecode format selected in Watch
Folder's/Command Line configuration will be used instead.
4. If the source file contains both the frame rate and timecode format , the
conversion will be initiated and the output will be converted in the same frame
rate /timecode format as the frame rate of the source file.
For your convenience, we compiled a list of the subtitling formats supporting those
parameters.

Formats supporting Frame Rate and Timecode Format

Our proprietary EZT and EZTXML formats
Plain ASCII (.txt) created by EZTitles and exported with the File Header option turned
on
RTF, Doc or DocX created by EZTitles and exported with the File Header option turned
on
TTML ver.1 and TTML ver.2 when timeBase="SMPTE"
EBU-TT and EBU-TT ver. 1.1 when timeBase="SMPTE"
EBU-TT ver.1.0 BBC
Netflix Timed Text when timeBase="SMPTE". The only exception is Netflix-TT file in
Japanese as these are IMSC compliant and as such the timeBase parameter is always
set to "Media"

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

346 EZConvert User Guide

Apple iTunes Timed Text

Final Cut Pro XML (FCP7 and FCPX)
MCC

Formats supporting only Frame Rate

DCDM SMPTE 428-7-2007 XML
TTML ver.1 and TTML ver.2 when timeBase="Media"
EBU-TT and EBU-TT ver. 1.1 when timeBase="Media"
IMSC ver. 1 and IMSC ver.1.1
EBU-TT-D and EBU-TT-D BBC
SMPTE-TT Subtitles
Netflix Timed Text when timeBase="Media". Netflix-TT files in Japanese are IMSC
compliant and such timeBase is always set to "Media" for them.
Disney IMSC 1.1
NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)
Paramount Pictures TTML
OOYALA Timed Text
Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text

Formats limited to work with certain frame rates only

EBU STL & EBU for Arte -limited by the original specifications for use with materials in
25fps and 29.97fps only. With a custom-made change EBU STL do also support 24fps.
890 - limited to 23.976fps, 25fps and 29.97fps.
Softitler TXT - limited to 25fps and 29.97fps

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 347

11.1.2. Language

Keeping the language identification from the input and creating the output accordingly
could sometimes be very important for QC or transmission/ingest purposes.
Unfortunately, not all subtitle formats provide the necessary information for the
language of the subtitles in the file, for example the SRT doesn't provide any such
information, but EZConvert can use the language details from those formats that do
support it:
§ EZT and EZTXML project files

§ Timed Text TTML1 and TTML2

§ IMSC v.1 and IMSC v.1.1

§ OOYALA Timed Text

§ Netflix Timed Text

§ Apple iTT

§ Disney IMSC 1.1

§ NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)

§ Paramount Pictures TTML

§ Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text

§ EBU-TT and EBU-TT-D

§ SMPTE-TT and SMPTE-TT CEA608

§ DLP Cinema XML

§ DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML

§ EBU STL (language set for Translated Language is used)

§ DAS (language set for Translated Language is used)

§ USF

§ RTF/DOC and Plain ASCII files supported by EZConvert

Respectively, when the Language ID is read from the source file, it can be passed
automatically to the output format by using the <from_source> tag with both the Watch
Folder and Command Line conversion tools.
Let's take a look at the Netflix Timed Text export to illustrate all of the above with one
example.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

348 EZConvert User Guide

If we want to pass the Language ID from the Source file to the Netflix Timed Text we need
to export with the Watch Folder we just need to select <from_source> from the
Language drop-down, like this:

And if we need to do the same but by using the Command Line conversion functionality
of EZConvert instead, then we need to modify [Netflix Timed Text] section in the
config.cfg file:
[Netflix Timed Text]

Language ID=<from_source>

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 349

11.1.3. Translation Metadata

To save metadata from the input in the output file requires minimal setup by using
special parameters surrounded by the percentage sign. Considering the large variety of
data available with all the different subtitle formats supported, we complied list with the
most commonly used as metadata details as well as their respective output parameter:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

350 EZConvert User Guide

Metadata Output
attribute parameter

Original %
Title original_ti
tle%
Original %
Episode original_e
pisode%
Original %
Language original_la
ng%
Translate %
d Title translated
_title%
Translate %
d Episode translated
_episode
%
Translate %
d translated
Language _lang%
Translator %
Name translator
_name%
Translator %
ID translator
_id%
Publisher %
publisher
%
Editor %
Name editor_na
me%
Tape ID %tape_id
%
Comment %
s comment
s%
C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Reference %
code reference_
 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 351

Configuring the pass-through from the Watch Folder is really simple. If the selected
output format can carry any metadata which EZConvert already supports, output
parameters will be set automatically. Let's take a look at the 890 configuration options
for example:

The same configuration can be achieved via the Command Line Conversion Tool, but the
setup will require the user to modify the [890] section in the config.cfg file:
[890]
; Export metadata
OriginalTitle=%original_title%
TranslatedTitle=%translated_title%
TranslatedEpisode=%translated_episode%
Producer=%producer%
Translator=%translator_name%
Tape=%tape_id%
Comments=%comments%

The sample_config.cfg file located in EZConvert's installation folder will have those set
by default.
So, EZConvert will look for them in the input/source file and if any are available will then
pass them through to the output.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

352 EZConvert User Guide

Using translation metadata from external file

Metadata can be passed and exported in the output even if it's not included in the input
file by using an external .details file.
Note: For details referring to the contents of the .details, please check
sample_details.details in EZConvert's installation folder, C:\Program Files (x86)
\EZTitlesDevelopmentStudio\EZConvert6 by default.
Metadata from external file will be added to the output after:
1. Enabling Import metadata from external "details" file option in Watch Folder's
configuration, or by setting ImportMetadataFromExternalDetailsFile=1 in the
[General] section of your config.cfg when doing the conversion from the Command
Line.
2. Add .details file in the same folder as the input file with the same. For example, if the
input file is called "MyFile.srt", the accompanying it .details file should be named
"MyFile.details".
If Import metadata from external "details" file is enabled but the .details file isn't placed
in the same folder as the input file, or if its name is different, the conversion will stop
and corresponding error message will be output.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 353

11.2. Watch Folder Mode

What is Watch Folder

Watch Folder is a simple and efficient tool designed to automate the conversion process
*. Once configured it runs in the background continuously monitoring a folder for new
files. When a new file arrives it triggers the file's conversion into a format you have
specified and the result is placed in the output folder.
There are various advanced settings that allows you to perform a quality control before
the conversion, some automated fixes, e-mail notifications if an error has occurred, etc.
* Although the Watch Folder tool is included in the installation package you shall
purchase it additionally in order to use it.

How it works

You can configure multiple Watch Folders. Each of them is monitored continuously and
when a new file arrives it is converted into the destination format. The processes that
monitor the folders are called Watches.
When a new Watch Folder is added the program creates several subfolders with special
purpose.

On the above example "D:\Watch Folders\PAC to Blu-ray" is the root folder. By

default this is the input folder. The Watch process monitors it and when a new file
arrives it is automatically converted.
Following are the descriptions of the subfolders:

config The settings for this Watch Folder are stored here in a file called
"config5.cfg".

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

354 EZConvert User Guide

processed Source files are moved to this folder once the conversions ends
successfully.
Processed/converted files can be cleared automatically after
specified period of time or manually by using the Edit/Clean up
options.
logs Two log files are maintained:
processed.log - a new record is added for each file that has been
converted. It also keeps details about non-critical warnings shown
during conversion.
errors.log - keeps detailed information about all critical errors
occurring during conversion.
Log files can be cleared automatically after specified period of time
or manually by using the Edit/Clean up options.
Note: The log files can be managed using Watch Folder
Management Application.
errors If an error has occurred during the conversion the input file is
moved to this folder.
Source files raising and error can be cleared automatically after
specified period of time or manually by using the Edit/Clean up
options.

Watch Folder is capable of monitoring files on a network location as well. The converted
files can be saved on a network server as long as the necessary privileges to use this
network resource are applied.

Running as Windows Service

The Watches could be configured to run as Windows service and this should be
configured during the installation.
You can switch to Service mode later by starting the installation again. For detailed
information about configuring as Windows Service please check here.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 355

11.2.1. Toolbar and Menus

Toolbar

The toolbar is used for quick access to the Watch commands. You just need to click the
corresponding button with the mouse. The toolbar is located just below the main menu
at the top.

Watch Folder toolbar

File Menu

Settings... These are general settings concerning the program behavior: auto
start with Windows, e-mail configuration, etc.
Exit Closes EZConvert entirely.

Edit Menu

Add Adds a new watch folder and opens the watch configuration dialog.
Remove Removes the selected watch in the list.
Enable Enables the selected watch folder.
Disable Disables the selected watch folder.
Show Logs Provides access to the two log files:
Show Log opens the log containing general events (successful
conversions, failed conversions, etc.).
Show Errors opens the error log which keeps detailed information
about each error.
Clean Up Allows clean up of older logs (errors & warnings), successfully
converted (processed) source files and source files that canceled the
conversion with an error (error files):

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

356 EZConvert User Guide

Clean Up Options

Acknowledge Watch Folders that detected a warning during conversion are

Warnings indicated in yellow in Watch Folder's GUI. Using the Acknowledge
Warnings option will reset the warning indication and the Watch
Folder will no longer be marked in different color.
Acknowledge Watch Folders that raiser an error during conversion are indicated in
Errors red in Watch Folder's GUI. Using the Acknowledge Errors option will
reset the errors indication and the Watch Folder will no longer be
marked in different color.
Config Opens the selected Watch Folder configuration dialog for edit.
Clear There are very rare situations when some files are added to the black
Blacklisted list and are excluded from processing.
Files
For example, if the file is opened by another process and EZConvert
can't access it or move it to the processed folder.
Use this command to clear the list.

Tools menu

Change
Source
folders
Change
Destination
folders

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 357

Change Root
folders
Backup
Restore

Help menu

Watch Folder Opens the built-in Help, its default shortcut is F1.
Help
Watch Folder Opens the web page dedicated to EZConvert at www.eztitles.com
online
Privacy Opens our Privacy Policy statement.
Policy
About Opens the About menu displaying information about the current build
version and license.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

358 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.2. Watch Folder Settings

These are the general settings concerning the program behavior. To access the settings
use File/Settings... menu command.

Watch Folder Settings

Watch Folder Settings

The Watches check Interval specifies how frequently the watch will check for new files in
the input folder.

Files & Logs automatic CleanUp Options

Provides options to automatically clear older logs, successfully converted source files or
source files that raised an error during conversion:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 359

Clear Processed Log keeps information about all conversions made by the
processed Watch Folder as well as the non-critical warnings raised during
logs conversion. Processed Log is located in the ...\Watch Folder\logs folder.
Clear Error logs keeps detailed information about all critical errors raised
error logs during conversions. It is located in the ...\Watch Folder\logs\ folder.
Clear Processed or successfully converted files are automatically copied after
processed conversion in the ...Watch Folder\processed\ folder.
files
Clear Source files that cause errors during conversion are automatically copied
error files in the ...Watch Folder\errors\ folder.

E-mail settings

The E-mail section is used for configuring E-mail notifications on Error and Job Done. In
the Host field enter your outgoing SMTP server. The default port used for sending
unencrypted e-mail is 25 . Activate Use TLS to enable encryption, default ports for
encrypted messaging is 465. Please consider modifying the settings as needed.
The Username and Password are used for authentication with the SMTP. In the E-mail
field, the e-mail address of the sender has to be typed in.
The Test Connection button verifies the provided configuration.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

360 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.3. Watch Folder Management

The Watch Folder workspace is divided into three areas with quick navigation between
the different watches and their configuration.

The main menu is located to the top just above the toolbar containing all the quick
buttons.
Below the main menu is the area dedicated to the list with all configured watches, their
Status, Latest Activity, Processed flag, Errors, etc.

Note: Double clicking on any of the categories in the list will sort the existing Watch
folders. For example, double clicking on "Watch Folders" will sort them alphabetically in
descending or ascending order.

Status Has three states. Waiting indicates there are no files for conversion
at this moment, Working indicates a file is currently being
converted and Stopped indicates that the watch is stopped by the
user or an error state has occurred.
Processed Displays the total number of files converted.
Last Processed Displays when the Watch Folder converted a file for the last time.
Warnings Conversions that raise non-critical errors or warnings are indicated
in orange. Details about the particular warning can be found by
selecting the Watch Folder and then pressing Show Logs button on
the toolbar.
Errors Conversions that raise critical errors are indicated in red. Details
about the particular error can be found by selecting the Watch
Folder and then pressing Show Errors button on the toolbar.
Last Error Shows the date and hour of the last error which occurred while
converting files.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 361

Workflows If this Watch is part of one or more workflows their names are
listed here.

To the bottom of the window an overview of the selected watch folder displays the
Watch Name, Source and Destination Folders as well as the Source/Destinations input
and output formats.
The paths to the source and destination folders can be clicked on to open that location in
windows explorer.
To view more details about a particular watch you can double click on it in the list or
select it and use the Config toolbar button or Edit/Config from the menu.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

362 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.4. Configuring Watch Folder

The following section provides detailed information about the different configuration
menus of EZConvert's Watch Folder:
General
Output Settings
Timecode convert and Recut
Text Replace
Fix Subtitles
Zero Subtitles
Quality Control
Post Convert Events
User Notes
Notifications

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 363

11.2.4.1 General

The Watch Folder requires a Name, which can be typed in the corresponding box. The
Watch Folder is identified by this name and it should be unique.
Root Folder is the location where the Watch Folder will be placed. If a new one is created
the program will create the necessary directory structure and save the configuration
there.

Source

Detect second subtitles track Detects if there are any subtitles with overlapping
subtitles and if there are automatically creates second
subtitle track. If the selected output supports subtitles

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

364 EZConvert User Guide

with overlapping timings, then subtitles from both the

main and secondary track will be exported. Otherwise
only the main subtitle track will be exported and the
Watch Folder will indicate it by throwing a warning.
More about the second subtitle track can be found in
the Secondary Subtitles Track topic.
Folder This is the input folder. The program will monitor this
folder for new files. By default this field is blank which
means that the root folder is used.
Format The input file format. First press the Select... button
and a list with all supported file formats will be
displayed, similar to the Import Subtitles one. Once
the particular subtitle format is selected and you press
the OK button additional configuration dialog will pop-
up with the Import configuration options available for
this format.
If you are editing an already existing Watch Folder,
pressing the Config button will display these options
again.
Override timecode standard If the input file is created for different video frame rate
and frame rate or timecode standard than the output you should
select this option. Then you will be able to select a
new frame rate and timecode standard.
As part of our Metadata pass-through concept, the
Watch Folder's allows you to use the Frame Rate
indicated in the source file when you select the
<from_source> option. Please make sure to also select
Timecode Format in case the source doesn't contain
information about it.
This option works in conjunction with timecode
conversion discussed in Timecode Convert and Recut.
Detect input language from Many output formats need language to be specified in
file name. order to be verified by a third-party application, for
example all Timed Text based subtitle formats like
iTunes iTT, Netflix-TT, etc. But the real problem some
subtitle formats, SRT, SSA, WebVTT and so on, do not
keep the langauge unless it's been specified in the
file's name.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 365

By activating this option, EZConvert will try to identify

the language of the subtitles by looking for language
identification tags in input file's name. The language
identification tag will be replaced in the output file by
the corresponding to it RFC 4646 language code.
To add new language identification tag you type
directly the text field or by adding it after pressing the
respective button.
Import metadata from Allows metadata from external .details file to be
external ".details" file passed to the output.
The details file must be copied in Source folder and
must have the same name as the input file. For
example, if the input is called MyFile.srt, the details
file should be then named MyFile.details.
Conversion will stop with an error if the .details file
isn't found in the Source folder or if its name is
different.

Destination

There are several output types that could be selected:

Subtitles Use this option if your are going to convert into a regular subtitle file and
file then press the Select button to specify its format. A list similar to the one
for Export Subtitles will be opened. Then the Config button again will
summon the format's specific output options.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

366 EZConvert User Guide

DVD/BD/ This output is similar to the one created by Export DVD Images
NLE command.
Images
When you click this option a dialog box similar to the ones discussed in
Predefined Authoring Systems topic is displayed:

The output name can be set by couple of wildcards like @ ,for exmaple,
which will be replaced by input's file name. Complete list with supported
wildcards which can be used for destination file's name can be found
later in the topic.
Note that Project Type: Open, Mode: Native and the proper Authoring
System should be selected in Output Settings page.
DVB Select this option if you'd like to create DVB Subtitles Stream that can be
Subtitles muxed later by using ProMedia Carbon or Manzanita.
Stream
The configuration dialog and the functionality are the same as the ones
discussed in Export DVB Subtitles.
Note that Project Type: Open, Mode: Native and Authoring System:
NONE/HD/NLE should be selected in Output Settings page.
Quality This job type doesn't produce any output files. It checks the input file
Control against the criteria specified in the Quality Control page. If the file does
not pass the test an error is generated.
Export Allows the secondary subtitles track from an .ezt or .eztxml file to be
Secondar exported as a stand-alone file. The file dedicated to the secondary track
y will contain -Track2 indication in its name. For example, if the source file
Subtitles is called "MyFile.ezt", two files will be output: MyFile - containing only
Track or subtitles from the main track and MyFile-Track2 - containing those from
Reference the secondary track.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 367

File as
separate
file

Output location
The output file can be placed in a local/network folder or on a remote FTP server. In the
first case you can select the folder by using the "..." button on the right or typing the
path by hand in the corresponding field.
If you have selected FTP Location then you need to enter a valid FTP address in the
following format:"yourdomain.com/output_folder" or use an IP address:
"192.168.10.100/output_folder" as well as Username / Password to grant access to the
remote site.
File name
By default the output file name is the same as the input one with changed extension.
Using the File name field you can override this rule and apply your own patterns.
The “@” character is replaced by the input file name without extension. There must be
one “@” in the File name field. This way you can change the file extension, add prefix or
suffix, etc.
If the Move to errors subfolder... option is clicked then when the conversion generates
an error the output file will be moved to a subfolder named Errors in your output
directory.
If the Errors folders doesn't exist the Watch will automatically create it.

Wildcards available for destination file's name

EZConvert supports couple of wildcards which can be used to generate destination file's
name depending on the contents and type of the input file.
@ - will be replaced by input's file name.
When the source file comes in the .ezt or .eztxml formats, then attributes from the
Details associated with these files can be used:
%DETAILS_OTITLE% - replaced by the content of the Original Title field in the input
.ezt or .eztxml file.
%DETAILS_OEPISODE% - replaced by the content of the Original Episode field in the
input .ezt or .eztxml file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

368 EZConvert User Guide

%DETAILS_OLANG% - replaced by the content of the Original Language field in the

input .ezt or .eztxml file.
%DETAILS_TTITLE% - replaced by the content of the Translated Title field in the input
.ezt or .eztxml file.
%DETAILS_TEPISODE% - replaced by the content of the Translated Episode field in the
input .ezt or .eztxml file.
%DETAILS_TLANG% - replaced by the content of the Translated Language field in the
input .ezt or .eztxml file.
%DETAILS_TAPEID% - replaced by the content of the Tape ID field in the input .ezt or
.eztxml file.
%DETAILS_CODE% - replaced by the content of the Reel Code field in the input .ezt or
.eztxml file.
%DETAILS_REVISION% - replaced by the content of the Revision field in the input .ezt
or .eztxml file.

Another format which is known for carrying and using similar metadata information is
the PAC. Metadata is preserved in the form of Zero Subtitle. Typically Zero Subtitle
contains at least information about the Language and Story but there is no uniform
standard what a Zero Subtitle must contain or look like. Nevertheless, EZConvert can still
use the contents of the zero subtitle to generate destination file name. In this case, the
attribute from the zero subtitle must be enclosed in %. For example, if a Zero Subtitle
contains:
Story: TestStory
Episide: Episode-1
Lang: BGR

For destination file's name we can enter: %Story%_%Episode%_%Lang%. As a result the

output file will be named: TestStory_Episode1_BGR
Please note that the % sign is mandatory and should not be missed, it should be present
at all times. If the percent sign must be used as part of the destination file's name, then
it must be escaped by another percent, like this:%%.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 369

11.2.4.2 Output Settings

Be sure to select the proper Project Type and Mode corresponding to the job type you
have to configure.
As you can see in the picture above here you can select the video format, fonts, margins,
settings concerning the quality control and automatic fix subtitles, override the
presentation style, etc.
The contents of this page are discussed in details in Project Settings topic. If you are
configuring a Closed Captions job you might need to check the Closed Captions topic.
As part of our Metadata pass-through concept, the Watch Folder's allows you to use the
Frame Rate indicated in the source file when you select the <from_source> option. Please
make sure to also select Timecode Format in case the source doesn't contain information
about it.
Note: Emphasis symbols or Bouten can be changed from the Presentation Style menu.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

370 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.4.3 Timecode Convert and Recut

Timecode conversion method

Timecode conversion will be performed if the Override timecode standard and frame
rate option is used in General page and the specified Frame Rate or Timecode Standard is
different from the one selected in the Output Settings.
In the first field you should specify the programme start timecode i.e. the timecode of
the first frame of the video associated with the subtitle file.
This parameter is very important for the conversion process. Be sure that the correct
value is specified.
When the Auto calculate the timecode option is clicked it is assumed that the
programme starts on the closest hour value before the first subtitle In-cue.
For example, if the first subtitle starts at 01:00:10:00 the start TC will be considered to
be 01:00:00:00; and if the first subtitle starts on 00:59:52:00, the start TC will be
considered to be 00:00:00:00.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 371

The options listed below depend on the source and target frame rates and timecode
formats. Your choice depends on the conversion algorithm used to produce the two
videos.
The item marked with Default is the most commonly used method for the selected
source/target frame rates and timecode formats.
Following is a brief explanation of the common options:

No Conversion The timecodes remain the same. In fact the frames part might
be adjusted to match the new frame rate.
Default The Default option will use the most common way for
converting the timecode to the new frame rate.
Keep Frame Number Keeps the frame when the subtitle appears and according to
the selected Video Standard automatically recalculates the
timecodes.
Keep Time If you convert between different frame rates the program will
keep the time when the subtitle appear or disappear.

Note: The Default and the options in the Advanced Section could be different from
those illustrated by the image above.
The Advanced options will vary depending on the original frame rate or TC format which
have been set and the new ones.

Recut

Move by Shifts the time code forward (increment) if a positive value is

entered and backward (decrement) if negative value is entered.
Reference Point Moves all timecodes forward or backward so the selected
subtitle’s in-cue matches the specified timecode.
Auto The Auto option will automatically recut the subtitle's timecode
to 00:00:00:00.
For example, if the first subtitle of the input file starts from
10:00:15:00 after the conversion the first subtitle timecode will
be instead changed to 00:00:15:00.

The default option is Move by with a timecode of 00:00:00:00 which means that no
recut is performed.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

372 EZConvert User Guide

Recut by Timecode segments

As the name suggests the recut is performed on segments. Each segment is defined by
Start and End timecodes. All subtitles placed between these timecodes will be moved to
the new Destination TC. Typical example for such type of recut is adding or removing
space for commercial breaks.
Selecting the Recut by Timecode segments option and then pressing the corresponding
Config button will open the following dialog:

To add a subtitle segment press the Add button and then fill the start and end points of
the segment in Start TC and End TC fields, then enter the new start point for the subtitles
in that segment in the Destination TC box. According to the image above all subtitles in
the source file located between 00:10:00:00 and 00:25:00:00 will be recut to start from
00:13:00:00 instead.
Note: Subtitles that span across segment's boundaries (Start TC or End TC are placed
between the subtitle's In- and Out-cues) are discarded during the recut and this is
indicated in the error log.

Recut by using external Timecode Segments file

Similar to the previous option, the Use external .segments file one enables you to
perform Recut on selected parts of the source file. The difference is, however, that it
reads the parts which must be Recut from external file which gives the flexibility to
perform this kind of operations for each file that will be converted without having to
adjust the segment start and end time code by hand.
In order for the option to properly work a simple naming convention must be used to
ensure that EZConvert correctly recognizes the file containing the Time Code segments
for the Recut. It must have the same name as the subtitles file with the .segments

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 373

extension, for example MySubtitles.stl and MySubtitles.segments. The .segment file

must also be submitted to the Watch Folder in advance, before submitting the source
file for conversion.
The file with the TC segments must follow the hierarchy and the structure of a regular,
UTF-8 encoded XML file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<tc_segments>
<tc_segment start_tc="10:00:00:00" end_tc="10:20:00:00" destination_tc
<tc_segment start_tc="10:20:00:00" end_tc="10:42:50:00" destination_tc
<tc_segment start_tc="10:42:00:00" end_tc="10:57:00:00" destination_tc
</tc_segments>

Each part of the file for which the Recut will be performed must be described in
individual <tc_segment /> tag with the following attributes:
start_tc - declares the start point of the segment in the original file;
end_tc - declares the end point of the segment in the original file;
destination_tc - sets the new timecode for the subtitles in that segment.
Performing the Recut operation using the above example will do two things
simultaneously - the timecode of all subtitles found within the segments will change
from 10:00:00:00 to 00:00:00:00 and secondly a 2 minute break will be inserted before
the beginning of Segment 2 and Segment 3.
In addition instead of specifying the end_tc for of the segments, you can give their
duration:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<tc_segments>
<tc_segment start_tc="00:00:00:00" dur_tc="00:20:00:00" destination_tc
<tc_segment start_tc="00:22:00:00" dur_tc="00:20:00:00" />
<tc_segment start_tc="00:44:00:00" dur_tc="00:42:00:00" />
</tc_segments>

Duration of each individual segment can be expressed as:

dur_tc - duration in SMPTE HH:MM:SS:FF timecode;
dur_frames - duration as number of video frames.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

374 EZConvert User Guide

If the destination_tc attribute isn't present for the first segment then EZConvert will
automatically recut all subtitles to the 00:00:00:00 point as if destination_tc bas been
set to"00:00:00:00". When destination_tc isn't specified set for the subsequent
segment, then the subtitles found within it will be recut right after the end of the
previous segment.
The second example shown above will also perform two actions, it will change the
timecode from 00:00:00:00 to 10:00:00:00 for all subtitles found within the segments
but unlike the first example it will remove 2 minute breaks from the timecode of the
subtitles in Segment 2 and Segment 3.

Recut Before/After TC conversion

The moment when the recut (offset) is performed could have a great impact on the
result.
In general if for instance the input subtitles starts form 10:00:00:00 and the output
should start from 00:00:00:00 the recut should be performed before the timecode
conversion.
In the opposite situation when the input file starts from zero and the output should start
at 10:00:00:00 the recut should be performed after the timecode conversion.

11.2.4.4 Text Replace

Text Replace is intended as an advanced option aimed at resolving various issues with
corrupt or unsupported by the selected output file characters. The characters or words
specified will be replaced automatically during the conversion.
Adding new character or word in the list of replacements is simple enough. Add the
searched term in the Text field, type in the replacement term and press the Add button.
Already existing in the list terms can be modified and deleted with a single click as well.
If you want to copy the list of terms from one Watch Folder to another you can use the
Select All, Copy and Paste options from the context menu: right click somewhere in the
list and then choose the option you need.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 375

In addition to the usual search for and replacement of symbols, characters, words and
phrases written as plain text, you could also do that for characters represented by their
HTML Reference codes. EZConvert allows you to use Named character references,
Decimal numeric character reference and Hexadecimal numeric character reference
codes. On the screenshot above you will replace three dots with the composite "ellipsis"
symbol, opening and closing smart quotation marks with the regular ones and two
consecutive dashes with em-dash.
Note: If the search term contains ampersand "&" it has to be written by its reference
code: &amp;. This is a character and has to be escaped by its reference code. Thus
replacing "&amp;" with "&amp;amp;" will replace the ampersand symbol with its
reference code. For example "AT&T" in the source file will become "AT&amp;T" in the
output.
You may refer to this page for a list of the most commonly used characters and their
respective reference codes.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

376 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.4.5 Fix Subtitles

Using these options you can fix certain issues with the input file. The options are
described in details with the Fix Subtitles topic. Description of the options dedicated to
conversions including subtitles in East Asian languages or vertical text can be found in
the Options for East Asian languages section of the Fix Subtitles topic.
The options related to converting Closed Captions files are described in the dedicated to
Closed Captions topic.
Delete subtitles with empty cues.
When the option is turned on, subtitles without cues will not be converted in Open,
Teletext or Digital Cinema output formats. Closed Captions can work, by implementation,
with captions without empty out-cues. This option, respectively, will not convert only
the captions which don't have In-cue.
When the option is switched off, Watch Folder will log an error and will cancel the
conversion if there are any subtitles without cues and the selected output format
doesn't support this.
Note: Fix Subtitles commands defined from the Watch Folder will be executed for both
the main and secondary subtitle tracks simultaneously.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 377

11.2.4.6 Zero Subtitle

The Zero subtitle contains general information about the subtitled programme: title,
language, episode, etc.
There is a convention that it should be numbered as 0, in- and out-cues are respectively
00:00:00:00 and 00:00:00:08.
If there is no Zero Subtitle in the input file or you want to add some information to the
existing one you can activate this option.
The contents of the edit box below will be copied to the Zero Subtitle exactly as written.
To make this option more effective we have provided several parameters that can be
included in the text.
They will be replaced with the corresponding value. The available parameters and their
meanings are listed at the bottom of the window.
Please note that not all of the metadata is supported and available with every input
format.
If you select the Append option and there is no zero subtitle in the input file a new one
will be created with the contents of the edit box.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

378 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.4.7 Quality Control

You can perform various checks to the subtitles before exporting them or you can
configure a quality control job only. The available Checks criteria are divided into
separate categories for easier navigation and clean preview of the selected options.
Here you need to activate the Perform quality control option and specify the check
conditions. Some of the quality control options may change depending how the Output
Settings settings are configured. For example, Closed CaWptions or Teletext dedicated
check conditions will be available only when the Output Settings are configured for
Closed Captions or Teletext conversion.
The Detailed Report option will display full list of the issues found for each individual
subtitle/caption during the conversion.
The next important parameter is the action. If you choose Continue the conversion will
continue if the check fails and an entry containing the checks result will be added in the
log file.
If you select Error and the check fails the conversion is stopped and an error is generated.
You can later check the errors log for a detailed explanation. Also an e-mail will be send if
you have configured Email on error.
The rest of the parameters are the same as the ones used by the Check Subtitles
command. Description of the options dedicated to conversions including subtitles in East

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 379

Asian languages or vertical text can be found in the Options for East Asian languages
section of the Check Subtitles topic.

Note: The Quality Control commands defined from the Watch Folder will be executed
for both the main and secondary subtitle tracks simultaneously.

11.2.4.8 Post Convert Events

Post Conversion Events are designed to enhance the Watch Folder functionality. They
allow you to execute a script or series of commands that are executed one by one in the
same order as they were typed in the Command Line window.
For convenience, different set of commands can be carried out depending on the
outcome of the conversion. If the conversion has been successful, then those from the
Events on job done section will be executed. Respectively, when the conversion has
failed with an error, then those from Events on error will be executed.
The commands are used exactly the same way as you are typing them at Windows
Command Prompt.

The commands are executed one by one in the sequence they are entered in the dialog. If
an error occurs the next commands are not executed and the conversion is considered
not successful.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

380 EZConvert User Guide

An error will be generated and added to the error log.

There are several parameters surrounded by "%". The available parameters and their
meanings are displayed at the bottom of the window.
The example on the screenshot above demonstrates a sequence of commands to:
- copy the converted SRT file to a new location:
copy "%dest_folder%\%dest_file%.srt" "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.srt"

- copy a video file to the same location:

copy "C:\Work\Video\%dest_file%.mov" "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.mov"

- start external application to embed the subtitles and the video:

"C:\Merge\mkvmerge" -o "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.mkv" "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.mov" "C:\Work\T

- delete the files after the embedding process completes:

del "%dest_folder%\%dest_file%.srt" "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.mov" "C:\Work\Test\%dest_file%.sr

The following parameters can be used which are replaced by their values:

%watch_name% Specifies the Watch Folder name.

%src_file% Specifies the input (source) file name without the extension
and path.
%src_folder% Specifies the full path to the folder containing the input files.
The path is without trailing "\".
%dest_file% Specifies the output (destination) file name without the
extension and path.
%dest_folder% Specifies the full path to the folder containing the output file.
The path is without trailing "\".

There are some general rules to follow as well.

All paths containing spaces shall be surrounded by double quotes to ensure they will be
parsed correctly by the command line.
When invoking an external application, the full path shall always be present, unless it
has been added already as an Environment Variable.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 381

11.2.4.9 User Notes

User Notes field enables free input from the keyboard and is intended to serve as a quick
reference where the user can enter any kind of descriptive text.

11.2.4.10 Notifications

The program can send notification e-mails when an error occurs (Email on error) or a file
is processed successfully (Email on job done). Please mind, that if you want to use the
notifications the SMTP server settings have to be configured at the Watch Folder
Settings page.
The notifications can be activated and configured at the Notification pages:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

382 EZConvert User Guide

Warnings only - this option is available only for the E-mail on job done event and will
send e-mail notification only when there were warnings during conversion. Notifications
will not be send when the conversion goes without any issues.
The regular To, Subject and Message fields doesn't require any special explanation,
although it is important to mention that if you are using notifications the To and Subject
fields have to be filled in.
There are several attributes that provide additional information about the particular
event which can be used in the Subject or Message fields:

%watch_name% Displays the name of the Watch which has generated the event.
%error% Displays the particular error message which has been
generated during the conversion and can be used with the
Email on error notification only.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 383

%check_results% Displays the results of the Quality Control job in-line in

notification's message.
%src_file% Displays the input (source) file name without extension.
%src_folder% Displays the full path to the folder containing the input files.
The path is without trailing "\".
%dest_file% Displays the output (destination) file name without the
extension.
%dest_folder% Displays the full path to the folder containing the output file.
The path is without trailing "\".

Although HTML formatting tags to bold, italicize or color text can be used, it is up to the
particular mail application at the recipient's side to parse them correctly.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

384 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.5. Workflow

Often it is required to perform complex jobs with the subtitle files that you receive. You
might need to convert a single file type to several output types or you receive files in
different formats and you have to convert them into several different output types.
Workflows are designed to address such kind of situations. The general idea is to
combine several Watch Folders.
When a file arrives at the workflow's input directory it is automatically send to the watch
folders for conversion.

As you can see from the screenshot above there are two Workflows defined: "DVB
Export" and "PAC Files Convert". Below the workflows are listed the Watch Folders they
incorporate.

How it works

You can configure multiple Workflows. Each of them is monitored continuously and
when a new file arrives it is automatically send to the appropriate Watch Folders.
When a new Workflow is added the program creates several subfolders with special
purpose.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 385

On the above example "D:\Watch Folders\DVB Exports Workflow" is the root

folder. By default this is the input folder. The Watch process monitors it and when a new
file arrives it is automatically processed.
Following are the descriptions of the subfolders:

config The settings for this Workflow are stored here in a file called
"config5.cfg".
archive After the file in the input folder is processed it is moved here. The
files stay there until you delete them.
logs Two log files are maintained:
processed.log - a new record is added for each file that is processed;
errors.log - all errors during the conversion are logged here. Check
this file to review the problems, if any.
You can browse to this folder and review the contents of the files
using any text editor including Windows Notepad.
If the files become large you can safely delete them. The Watch
process will create new ones on the next conversion.
Note that the log files can be managed using Watch Folder
Management Application.

11.2.5.1 Configuring Workflows

Use Edit/Add menu or the corresponding toolbar button to create a new Workflow.
When you double click on a Workflow in the list you will summon this dialog again for
editing.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

386 EZConvert User Guide

The Workflow requires a Name, which can be typed in the corresponding box. The
Workflow is identified by this name and it should be unique.
Root Folder is the location where the Workflow will be placed. If a new one is created the
program will create the necessary directory structure and save the configuration there.

Source

Folder This is the input folder. The program will monitor this
folder for new files. By default this field is blank which
means that the root folder is used.
Format The input file format. Here you can select the file type
accepted by this Workflow.
You can also select Autodetect source file format and
the program will analyze the input files and send them
to the appropriate Watch Folders included in this
Workflow.

Watches

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 387

Here you can add or remove the Watch Folders involved with this Workflow.

Notifications

You can configure the Workflow to send an e-mail when an error has occurred during the
conversion. The functionality is the same as the one discussed in Notifications earlier.
There are two attributes that provide additional information about the particular error
which can be used in the Subject or Message fields:

%error% Will be replaced by the error text.

%workflow_name% Will be replaced by the workflow name.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

388 EZConvert User Guide

11.2.6. Backup and Migration

EZConvert's Watch Folder provides the necessary tools, in the "Tools" drop-down menu,
for modification, migration, backup & restore of multiple Watch Folders or Workflows
simultaneously, with as little effort as possible. The operations that can be performed
include:
Modifying Source folders
Modifying Destination folders
Modifying Root folders
Backup
Restore and migration

11.2.6.1 Change Source folders

Tools/Change Source Folders, allows you to quickly modify the source/input folder for
one or more watch folders or workflows.

Change Source Folders

All available watch folders or workflows will be listed in a table showing the name, root
folder, source and destination format, current source and destination folders, as well as
indication if the a watch folder is part of a workflow. Workflows, on the other hand, are
distinguished by the [WORKFLOW] indication in their name. Source or destination
folders that are sub-folders of the root are indicated by the relative [Root] expression.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 389

Filter Watches allows you to quickly search for watch folders that contain common
word. Searching for common phrase requires the search term to be enclosed in
quotation marks.
To change the source folder you first need to select one or more watch folders or
workflows from the list and then select one of the options below:

Same as The current source folder will be changed to be the [Root] folder of each
Watch respective watch folder.
Folder's
root
Use one The current source folder will be changed to a folder of your choice for all
folder selected watch folders. In other words, all affected watch folders will now
for all have the same source folder.
selected
Watch
Folders
Create Current source folder will be changed to a folder of your choice. The
sub- difference, compared to Use one folder for all selected Watch Folders, is
folders that this option will also create sub-folders, named after the particular
for each watch folder, for every modified watch folder.
Watch
Folder
Change Locates the common part in the paths of the source folders and allows you
Commo replace it.
n Path
For example, the common path for the "Pac to DVB" and "SRT to Blu-ray"
watch folders from the image above is "E:\Work\Watch Folders". By using
this option we can easily change the common path and thus move the
source folders.
You can also modify the located common path and change only a part of it,
for example just the "E:\Work\" part.
New Allows you to type in the new folder by hand or browse to it by pressing
Source the browse button on the right.
Folder

11.2.6.2 Change Destination Folders

Tools/Change Destination Folders allows you to quickly modify the destination/output

folder for one or more watch folders.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

390 EZConvert User Guide

Change destination folders

All available watch folders will be listed in a table showing the name, root folder, source
and destination format, current source and destination folders, as well as indication if
the a watch folder is part of a workflow. Source or destination folders that are sub-
folders of the root are indicated by the relative [Root] expression.
Filter Watches allows you to quickly search for watch folders that contain common
word. Searching for common phrase requires the search term to be enclosed in
quotation marks.
To change the destination folder you first need to select one or more watch folders from
the list and then select one of the options below:

Use one The current destination folder will be changed to a folder of your choice for
folder all selected watch folders. In other words, all affected watch folders will
for all now output files in the same folder.
selected
Watch
Folders
Create Current destination folder will be changed to a folder of your choice. The
sub- difference, compared to Use one folder for all selected Watch Folders, is
folders that this option will also create sub-folders,named after the particular
for each watch folder, for every modified watch folder.
Watch
Folder
Change Locates the common part in the paths of the destination folders and
Commo allows you replace it.
n Path
For example, the common path for the "Pac to DVB" and "SRT to Blu-ray"
watch folders from the image above is "E:\Work\Watch Folders". By using
this option we can easily change the common path and thus move the
destination folders.
You can also modify the located common path and change only a part of it,
for example just the "E:\Work\" part.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 391

New Allows you to type in the new folder by hand or browse to it by pressing
Destinat the browse button on the right.
ion
Folder

11.2.6.3 Change Root Folders

Tools/Change Source Folders allows you to quickly modify the root folder, i.e. the folder
containing all configurations, for one or more watch folders or workflows.
Source and Destination folders will remain unchanged during the process unless they are
sub-folders of the [Root]. In this case, the options to change Source or Destination
folders could be used if to modify them.
And, if the Source and Destination folders are sub-folders of the [Root], the structure will
be preserved and will they will be moved over to the new location as well:
[Watch Folder1]\[Root]\Source --> [New Folder]\[Watch Folder1]
\[Root]\Source
[Watch Folder1]\[Root]\Destination --> [New Folder]\[Watch
Folder2]\[Root]\Destination

Change Root Folders

All available watch folders or workflows will be listed in a table showing the name, root
folder, source and destination format, current source and destination folders, as well as
indication if the a watch folder is part of a workflow. Workflows, on the other hand, are
distinguished by the [WORKFLOW] indication in their name. Source or destination
folders that are sub-folders of the root are indicated by the relative [Root] expression.
Filter Watches allows you to quickly search for watch folders that contain common
word. Searching for common phrase requires the search term to be enclosed in
quotation marks.
To change the [Root] folder you first need to select one or more watch folders or
workflows from the list and then select one of the options below:

Copy Copies all successfully converted source files from the .\processed sub-
processe folder.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

392 EZConvert User Guide

d files
Copy Copies the successful conversion logs.
processe
d logs
Copy Copies all files that failed during conversion from the .\errors sub-folder.
error
files
Copy Copies all error and warning logs.
error
logs
New Allows you to specify the folder where the [Root] folder(s) will be migrated
Folder to.
EZConvert will automatically verify that the selected folder : is available
and can be accessed; there is enough free disk space available for the
operation to complete; if the new folder is currently used by another
watch folder/workflow. If one of the checks fails, the whole process will be
canceled and details about the particular problem will be indicated.
After that all configurations and files from the "old root" will be copied
over and moved to a sub-folder in the new location:
[Watch Folder1]\[Root] --> [New Folder]\[Watch Folder1]
\[Root]
[Watch Folder2]\[Root] --> [New Folder]\[Watch Folder2]
\[Root]

11.2.6.4 Backup of Watch Folders and Workflows

Tools/Backup creates full backup file (.wf-backup) containing the exact configurations of
all watch folders and workflows. This backup can later be used not only to restore
EZConvert's Watch Folder on the same computer but also to migrate the configuration
to a brand new workstation if needed.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 393

Backup Watch folders and Workflows

Backup Adds all successfully converted files currently stored in the .\processed
processe sub-folder to the backup.
d files
Backup Adds all the successful conversion logs to the backup.
processe
d logs
Backup Adds all files that failed during conversion and are currently stored in the .
error \errors sub-folder to the backup.
files
Backup Adds all error logs to the backup.
error
logs
Backup Adds all files currently located in the source/input folders of the individual
source watch folders or workflows to the backup. Those are the files that have
folder been queued for conversion but haven't been processed by the time the
contents backup process had started.
Backup Adds all files currently located in the destination/output folders of the
destinati individual watch folders to the backup.
on folder
contents

11.2.6.5 Restore and migration of Watch Folders and Workflows

Tools/Restore allows you fully restore the configuration of all watch folders and
workflows to the local computer or to migrate it to a brand new workstation.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

394 EZConvert User Guide

Restore Watch folders and Workflows

Backup Select the backup file (.wf-backup) to be restored. Backup files are created
file by using Tools/Backup.
Temp Backup files need to be unzipped into a temporary folder first which can
folder be selected here.
If Temp Folder is blank, the backup will then be unzipped into ~ezc-
restore sub-folder in the AppData folder:
C:\Users\%username%\AppData\Local\EZTitlesDevelopmentStudio\E

The ~ezc-restore sub-folder will automatically be removed once the

backup has been restored successfully.
This option will be useful when the free disk space on the system drive is
limited.
Recreate When this option is selected the original structure in the backup will be
original created automatically, including configurations pointing to or stored at
folder network servers. EZConvert will automatically verify that all network
structure drives and local computer folders either exists, can be created or accessed
and there is enough free disk space available for the operation.
If one of the checks fails, the whole restoration process will be canceled
and details about the particular problem will be indicated.
Consider using Overwrite existing folders if folders from the original
configuration still exist.
Restore With this option the backup can be restored to a specific location
to regardless of the locations in the backup file:
specific
folder

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 395

- Root folders of each individual watch folder/workflow will be copied to a

sub-folder in that location:
[Selected Restore Folder]\[Root Folder1]\
[Selected Restore Folder]\[Root Folder2]\

- If the Source/Destination folders were not originally sub-folders of the

[Root] for a watch folder or workflow, then they will be restored in
Sources/Destination sub-folders of the [Restore Folder]:
[Selected Restore Folder]\Sources\WatchFolder1\
[Selected Restore Folder]\Sources\WatchFolder2\
and
[Selected Restore Folder]\Destinations\WatchFolder1\
[Selected Restore Folder]\Destinations\WatchFolder2\

Overwrit The backup restoration process is purposely made to avoid overwriting

e existing existing files and folders. This option needs to checked to overwrite
folders existing files/folders.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

396 EZConvert User Guide

11.3. Command Line Conversion Tool

The following topics provide extensive information about using the Command Line
Conversion capabilities of EZConvert:
Command Line Parameters
Input and Output configuration
Use and Examples
Config Editor

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 397

11.3.1. Command Line Parameters

Command line conversion can be executed directly from the command prompt or batch
script for that matter by using the below command:
ezc6c [options] <input file> <output file>

All of the available options required for the successful execution of the above command
are explained below.
<input file> Wildcard characters can be used to specify more files.
<output file> The exact file name or use @ to specify the input file
name. @ is replaced with the input file name without
extension.

[options]
– Specifies the configuration file. If no folder is specified, current working
c<config
file> folder is assumed. This parameter is mandatory.
Note: Configuration files can be created by modifying the
sample_config.cfg supplied during the installation or by using the Config
editor too.
– Input file's format. This parameter is mandatory.
i<format
>

– Output file format. This parameter is mandatory.

o<format
>

- Specifies template which can be used with the Custom Text Import option.
it<templ
ate> This parameter is optional and is required only if the input can be
imported via the Custom Text Import feature.
- Specifies the template which will be used for the Custom Text Export
t<templa
te> option. This parameter is optional and is required only if custom text is
exported.
-r Specifies the timecode standard and the frame rate of the input file, -r
parameter is optional. If present, this option indicates that a frame
conversion of the input file shall be executed and it will output in the
frame rate specified with the sample_config.cfg file in the [Video/TC]
section. Furthermore, the conversion method can be specified at the [TC
Conversion] section.
As part of our Metadata pass-through concept, you can use the Frame
Rate indicated in the source file when you set VideoFrameRate=15 in the

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

398 EZConvert User Guide

.cfg file. Please make sure to also select Timecode Format in case the
source doesn't contain information about it.
The –r switch shall be followed by a time code standard parameter, which
must be one of 24, 25, 30 or 30d (30 fps Drop-Frame) and eventually the
actual frame rate 23.976, 25, 29.97, etc. For example –r 24/23.976
specifies 24 fps timecode on 23.976 fps video.
The frame rate attribute is optional and if you miss to specify it, EZConvert
will take the default frame rate for the selected time code standard. If the
time code format is 24, EZConvert will decide the frame rate is 24 fps for
instance.
In addition, you can use <from_source> option to indicate that that the
frame rate and timecode format of the source will be used, if available. The
valid combinations in this case are:
-r from_source - both frame rate and timecode format will be read from
the source. If one of them isn't present, respective error will be output in
the console and the error stream.
-r df/from_source or -r ndf/from_source - if source frame rate is 30 or 60
fps and the timecode format can't be determined from the source file it is
assigned to 30 drop-frame/non-drop or 60 drop-frame/non-drop
respectively. Otherwise the timecode format will match the source frame
rate.
-print Changes the format of the console and STDOUT outputs to XML: -print
XML and JSON: -print JSON. If not used, console and STDOUT outputs will
be displayed as plain text. You may refer to the Usage and Examples topic
for more details.
The -print parameter is optional.
- Optional parameter which automatically identifies the format of the
recogniz
e subtitle file you can use the -recognize switch followed by the file's name:
ezc5c -recognize C:\Test\Sample.xml

The program will output on StdOut the switch that should be used with -i
option:
EZConvert 6.0.1 Command Line Version
DLP_XML

- Optional parameter. Shows additional information about the input file

fileDeta
ils such as Title, Lang, FrameRate, MediaStartTC, FirstInCue, LastOutCue,
Subtitles Count. Depending on the source file type additional metadata
may be available too.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 399

- Optional parameter - can be used only with -fileDetails and will

dumpSubt
itles output/dump the text of specified number of subtitles in the command
line. For example, -dumpSubtitles 5 will output the text of the first 5
subtitles from the output file, -dumpSubtitles 50 - the first 50 subtitles
and so on.
-f Instructs the program to invoke the Fix Subtitles commands on all the
subtitles according to the rules set in the [Fix Subtitles] section in the
config file. Fix Subtitles commands executed from the command line
converted will be performed for both the main and secondary subtitle
tracks simultaneously.
The -f parameter is optional.
-check Instructs the program to run Checks on all subtitles in the file according to
the respective check rules set in the [Checks] section in the config
file.Check Subtitles commands executed from the command line converted
will be performed for both the main and secondary subtitle tracks
simultaneously.
The -check parameter is optional.
- -detailedCheck can be used to display detailed information about every
detailed
Check error found while running Checks.
It needs to be used along with -check, otherwise it wouldn't work.
–l<log Output log is redirected to the specified file.
file
name> This is optional parameter. If -print has been used, the output log will be
formatted as either XML or JSON too.
More details regarding error handling are available with the Usage and
Examples topic.

Override configuration file from the Command Line

EZConvert provides additional functionality to override or alternate any of the

parameters in the config.cfg file directly from the command line. The exact syntax is as
follows:
ezc6c [options] <input file> <output file> "[Section Name in config.cfg]Pa

where
[Section Name in config.cfg] - points to the exact section the parameter is part
of;

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

400 EZConvert User Guide

Parameter - the exact parameter which we need to alter;

New Value - the new value for that parameter.

Note: It isn't necessary to enclose it in quotation marks but we recommend doing so at

all times because a lot of the Sections and Parameters contain space.

So, if we wanted to change text's alignment in the output file directly from the command
line we could execute the conversion like this:
ezc6c [options] <input file> <output file> "[Text Attributes]GlobalAlignme

The above line will override the respective GlobalAlignment attribute from the config.cfg
file and as a result all subtitles will be exported with new horizontal alignment in the
output file. In this case, they'll be aligned to the right.
We can alter any of the output file's specific options with the same success. For example:
ezc6c [options] <input file> -o NFLX_TT "[Netflix Timed Text]Language ID=e

Running the above command will change the Language ID in the output Netflix-TT file to
English: xml:lang="en".

Text Replace

Text Replace is intended as an advanced option aimed at resolving various issues with
corrupt or unsupported by the selected output file characters. The characters or words
specified will be replaced automatically during the conversion.
We recommend modifying the configuration .cfg file through the Config Editor tool
directly, but if this isn't applicable for some reason you can always do that by hand.
To do so, add new section in the .cfg file named [TextReplace]. The replacement list
itself must follow the following pattern:
[TextReplace]
Replaces=[{"Text":"…","Replace:"..."}, {"Text":"&#x201c;","Replace":"&#34;

There are three different replacements shown with the example above that will:
1. replace the ellipsis symbol "…" with three regular full stops "...";
2. replace the opening smart quote '“' with regular quotation mark '"';
3. replace the opening smart quote '”' with regular quotation mark '"';
Note: If the search term contains ampersand "&" it has to be written by its reference
code: &amp;. This is a character and has to be escaped by its reference code. Thus

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 401

replacing "&amp;" with "&amp;amp;" will replace the ampersand symbol with its
reference code. For example "AT&T" in the source file will become "AT&amp;T" in the
output.
You may refer to this page for a list of the most commonly used characters and their
respective reference codes.

Merging files from the Command Line

EZConvert allows subtitle files to be merged directly from the Command Line by using
the following command:
ezc6c -c config.cfg -i STL - o STL "InputFile_1.stl|
InputFile_2.stl" Merged.stl

The input files must be separated by vertical line "|" and the whole expression must be
enclosed in double quotation marks: "InputFile_1.stl|InputFile_2.stl".
It isn't also necessary to merge files in the same format, two input files can be in
different format. In order to make this work, however, you may want to use the "-i Auto"
switch:
ezc6c -c config.cfg -i AUTO - o NFLX_TT "InputFile_1.srt|
InputFile_2.xml" Merged.dfxp

It is, however, required to properly configure the section in the config.cfg file for each
one of the input file types, as well as for the output file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

402 EZConvert User Guide

11.3.2. Input and Output configuration

The table below lists the supported Input/Output formats which can be specified
with the -i and -o parameters:

Format Description
AUTO Instead of specifying the particular input format, you can use the
AUTO attribute ("-i AUTO") to instruct the command line tool to
automatically recognize the input's file format.
Please mind you still have to configure the sections in the
"config" file corresponding to the formats you expect to be
submitted for conversion.

EZT EZT file

EZT_XML EZTXML file

PAC Compressed PAC file

UNIPAC Unicode PAC (.fpc) file

890 890 file

EBU EBU file

EBUA EBU file exported according to ARTE's requirements. Available

only for export with -o parameter.

RTF Exports RTF, Doc or Docx files according to output file's

extension.

TXT Plain ASCII exported by EZConvert

XLS Excel Workbook XLS files

CUSTOM_TXT Custom Text files can be used both as Input and Output.
When used as Input, the "-it" parameter must be used and it has
to point to actual template used for "importing" the source file.
If used as Output, it must be followed by "-t" and the path to the
template file containing the structure for the output Custom
file.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 403

TXT_2020 ASCII file used by Win2020

SAMI Webcast- Media Player SAMI files

QTT QuickTime Text

TT Timed Text DFXP XML

IMSC IMSC1 and IMSC 1.1 timed text files

OOYALA OOYALA Timed Text

ST_2052 SMPTE-TT Subtitles following the general SMPTE-TT ST 2052-

1:2010 specifications.

NFLX_TT Netflix Timed Text DFXP

DISNEY_TT Disney IMSC 1.1

EBU_TT EBU Timed Text (EBU-TT, EBU-TT-D)

ITT Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt)

NBC_IMSC11 NBCUniversal IMSC 1.1 (.ttml)

PP_TT Paramount Pictures Timed Text (.xml)

ROSETTA Imsc-Rosetta Timed Text (.imscr)

SRT SubRip

VTRON Videotron Lambda (.cap)

SUB Micro DVD .SUB

VTT WebVTT (.vtt)

SIF Swift Interchange (.sif) files

USF Universal Subtitling Format (.usf)

DAS DAS file

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

404 EZConvert User Guide

SOFTNI Softni (.sub) file

TXT_SOF Softitler TXT file

DLP_XML DLP Cinema XML

SMPTE_XML DCDM(SMPTE 428-7-2007) XML Subtitles

SSA SubStation Alpha Files

AVID_DS Avid DS Nitris files

FCP_XML Final Cut XML files

TXT_ENCORE Adobe Encore DVD text script

STL Spruce STL text script

SONY_ARCH Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script

ROXIO_DVDIT Roxio DVDIt Pro Subtitle Script

DVD_IMAGES Output format only. Export DVD images with text script in a
single ZIP file. The DVD authoring system is specified in the
configuration file.

DVB Output format only. Exports DVB compliant file for use with
ProMedia Carbon.

MCC MCC closed captions format. It supports both CEA-608 and CEA-
708 captions.

SCC Scenarist Closed Captions format

CCA MacCaption project files (.cca)

ONL CPC-715 Online Caption Format

CIN Caption Inc

CAP Cheetah CAP

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 405

ASC Cheetah ASC

PROCAP ProCap Captions (.txt)

NCI_CAP NCI CAP Captions (.cap)

NCI_FLC NCI Timed Roll Up Captions (.flc)

SMPTE_TT SMPTE-TT CEA-608 Captions (.xml) following the guidelines set

by RP 2052-10:2012 for mapping of CEA-608 captions to
SMPTE-TT files.

For information about the configuration file syntax please refer to

"sample_config.cfg" file located in the installation folder.
You can copy the file and modify it.
Every Input and Output format has a section in the configuration file, here is the list of
all input/output sections in the "sample_config.cfg" file:

Format Input section Output section

EZT EZT none

EZTXML EZTXML none

PAC PAC PAC

UNIPAC UNICODE_PAC UNICODE_PAC

890 890 890

EBU EBU EBU

EBUA none EBUArte

RTF RTF RTF

TXT ASCII ASCII

XLS XLS_Import_Export XLS_Import_Export

TXT_2020 Win2020_ASCII Win2020_ASCII

SAMI SAMIImport SAMIExport

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

406 EZConvert User Guide

QTT QuickTime Text QuickTime Text

TT Timed Text Timed Text

IMSC IMSC Timed Text IMSC Timed Text

OOYALA OOYALA Timed Text OOYALA Timed Text

ST_2052 SMPTE 2052-1 Timed Text SMPTE 2052-1 Timed Text

NFLX_TT Netflix Timed Text Netflix Timed Text

DISNEY_TT none Disney IMSC11

EBU_TT EBU Timed Text EBU Timed Text

ITT none Apple iTunes Timed Text

NBC_IMSC11 none NBCUniversal IMSC11

PP_TT none Paramount TTML

ROSETTA Imsc-Rosetta Imsc-Rosetta

SRT SRT_File SRT_File

SUB MicroDVD_File MicroDVD_File

WebVTT WebVTT_File WebVTT_File

SIF none Swift Export

USF USF USF

DAS DAS_File DAS_File

TXT_SOF Softitler_TXT_File Softitler_TXT_File

SOFTNI SoftNI SoftNI

DLP_XML none DLPXML

SMPTE_XML none SMPTE_428_XML

SSA SubStationAlpha SubStationAlpha

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 407

AVID_DS AvidDS Nitris File AvidDS Nitris File

FCP_XML Final Cut Pro Final Cut Pro

TXT_ENCORE AdobeEncoreDVD AdobeEncoreDVD

STL SpruceSTL SpruceSTL

SONY_ARCH Sony DVD Architect Sony DVD Architect

ROXIO_DVDIT Roxio DVDit Pro Roxio DVDit Pro

DVD_IMAGES none DVD_IMAGES

DVB none DVB Export

MCC MCCFiles MCCfiles

SCC none Closed Captions

CCA CCAImport none

ONL none Closed Captions

CIN none Closed Captions

CAP none Closed Captions

ASC none Closed Captions

PROCAP none Closed Captions

NCI_CAP none Closed Captions

NCI_FLC none Closed Captions

SMPTE_TT SMPTE Timed Text Closed Captions

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

408 EZConvert User Guide

11.3.3. Usage and Examples

Conversion of files with two subtitle tracks

EZConvert's command line conversion tool supports conversion of files with two subtitle
tracks, but in order to properly handle them, please make sure that the
DetectSecondSubtitlesTrack attribute in the config.file is enabled in the [General] section:
DetectSecondSubtitlesTrack=1

as well as that the selected subtitles output format supports such subtitles as well.

Error Handling

As we already mentioned Command Line conversion tool is able to create conversion log
file by using the -l switch from the command line:
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -i PAC -o EBU c:\test\ezcc\exmp1.pac c:\test\ez

This, however, may not be sufficient when EZConvert needs to be integrated in a more
complex workflows or it becomes essential to immediately identify if a conversion has
been successfully completed or not. Below is additional information intended to the
system administrators who may need to automate the process by running advanced
scripts or additional programs to effectively detect the outcome of each individual file
conversion.
EZConvert, like every other Windows application, will output exit code when executes the
conversion. Exit Code is "0" if the conversion has been successful and "1" when it has
failed. Respectively, the command line application will also output results to the STDOUT
and STDERR streams. All warnings are output directly to STDOUT, while all error
messages are send to STDERR.
Please mind that if a conversion has been successfully completed it may still be beneficial
to verify there were no warnings send to STDOUT as they usually indicate potential
issues.
Sometimes, getting results from the STDOUT in plain text might not be beneficial, for
example when using the -detailedCheck parameter to get list of all errors found for each
subtitle in the file. Whenever this is required, the -print parameter can be used to change
the output format for the STDOUT stream.
For example, running the following command:
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -recongize "C:\Test\Test File.xml" -fileDetails

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 409

will produce nicely structured XML:

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<EZConvert version="6.0.1">
<exitcode>0</exitcode>
<initialization/>
<file name="C:\Test\Test File.dfxp" inputFormat="NFLX_TT">
<read time="23.08.2020 10:12:33"/>
<details>
<Title/>
<Lang>en</Lang>
<frameRate>29.97 fps</frameRate>
<MediaStartTC/>
<ttp-frameRate>30</ttp-frameRate>
<ttp-frameRateMultiplier>1000 1001</ttp-frameRateMultiplier>
<ttp-timeBase>smpte</ttp-timeBase>
<ttp-dropMode>dropNTSC</ttp-dropMode>
<FirstInCue>00:00:07:15</FirstInCue>
<LastOutCue>00:01:11:24</LastOutCue>
<SubtitlesCount>31</SubtitlesCount>
<SubtitlesWithoutText>0</SubtitlesWithoutText>
<SubtitlesWithoutTC>0</SubtitlesWithoutTC>
<HiddenSubtitles>0</HiddenSubtitles>
</details>
</file>
</EZConvert>

Custom Text Export using the Command Line

If you wish to export a file with a custom layout of the subtitles using the Command Line
tool you need to define a Template using the Custom Text Export option and save it.
Then on the Command line you need to use the -t parameter and to specify the exact
path to the template file. For example:
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -i PAC -o CUSTOM_TXT -t C:\ezcc\template.txt c:

Examples

You need to start the command line and then go to the EZConvert installation folder
which by default is:
cd c:\program files\ezconvert

Then you can start the EZConvert command line version.

In the following example EZConvert will import PAC file and will export it to EBU (.stl):
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -i PAC -o EBU c:\test\ezcc\exmp1.pac c:\test\ez
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -i PAC -o EBU c:\test\ezcc\exmp1.pac c:\test\ez
ezc6c -c sample_config.cfg -i PAC -r 30d/29.97 -o EBU c:\test\ezcc\exmp2.p

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

410 EZConvert User Guide

The output result of the second example is again exmp1.stl file, but using the '@'
character the program will automatically export it using the input file name.
The third example illustrates how a conversion of the frame rate shall be executed.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 411

11.3.4. Config Editor

Config Editor is another tool aimed at those relying on conversions submitted through
the Command Line Conversion. It provide easy to use interface for creating new or
modifying existing configuration files used by the Command Line Conversion Tool. It
embeds all parameters that can be specified in the config file and allows the user to click
and select which ones are required or will be used during the conversion including:
§ All resolution and frame rate related options.

§ All parameters otherwise associated with the source or output formats.

§ Text Replacement options.

§ All Qualirt control or Fix related options.

§ All options required for doing Recut and Frame Rate conversion.

How to install Config Editor

Considering that the Command Line converter is available only with the EZConvert Pro
edition of the software, during installation the option to Install Command Line and
Watch Folder must be selected:

And after that, in the next installation step, it'll be possible to add desktop shortcut for
the Config Editor:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

412 EZConvert User Guide

How does it work

As mentioned in the beginning Config Editor is intended as really simple and easy to use
tool:

The Config Editor is really straight-forward to use and to a certain degree it simulates the
work of EZConvert, with the exception that it will create config file at the end.
1. Start New or Open existing configuration file from the File drop-down menu.

2. Select Source and Destination formats and verify the configuration options available
for each of them. The Config Editor will automatically add the necessary for the

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XI. Batch conversions and automation 413

command line conversion -i and -o paramaters.

3. Decide if you need any of the Check, Fix or Recut options. The Config Editor will
automatically add necessary -f, -check, -checkDetailed and -print parameters
depending on your choice of activated options.

4. Save the config file using the respective option from the File drop-down menu. Once
the config has been saved, its location and name will be automatically added to the
Command Line.
At this point the command line should look similar to:

"C:\Program Files (x86)

\EZTitlesDevelopmentStudio\EZConvert6\EZC6C.exe" -c "C:
\TEST\config.cfg" -i SRT -o TT <input-file> <output-file>

There's only one thing to do: <input-file> and <output-file> must be replaced with the
location and name of the Source and Destination files respectively.

5. Config Editor allows you to Test the current configuration. To do so, simply press the
on Test Configuration, select Source and Destination files and wait for the conversion
to be automatically executed.

6. Copy the edited and ready-to-use Command Line and paste it in the Windows
Command Prompt to execute the conversion.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part XII.
Secondary Subtitle Track
 Part XII. Secondary Subtitle Track 415

The main purpose of the second subtitle track is to keep and properly display subtitles
with overlapping timing which should naturally be displayed simultaneously on the
screen. The most common examples include scenarios in which both vertical and
horizontal text need to be displayed on screen at the same time, text must be displayed
both at the top and bottom of the picture.
Whenever the input file contains two subtitle tracks (.ezt, .eztxml) or has subtitles with
overlapping timings, second subtitle track will be started:

Note: Please mind that if you're intending to use two subtitle tracks with the Watch
Folder or Command Line converters, you need to activate the respective Detect second
subtitles track options for the Watch Folder or set the DetectSecondSubtitlesTrack=1
attribute in the command line's config.cfg file.
The first or main track will be filled with the subtitles running in synchronized order,
while the subtitles which overlap with others will be inserted into the secondary subtitle
track. Respectively the two subtitle tracks will be clearly visible in the Preview list to the
right:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

416 EZConvert User Guide

To switch between subtitles in the secondary and main tracks you may simply click on
the Preview list or instead use the respective Select Track drop-down to the top of the
editor:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XII. Secondary Subtitle Track 417

Operations in the Secondary Subtitles Track

It is important to mention that operations such as the Check Subtitles, Fix Subtitles or
Find/Go To can be used for subtitles with two tracks.
There's a slight difference, however, in the way they are used from the EZConvert's GUI,
Command Line and Watch Folder.
When using EZConvert's GUI the respective subtitle track must be selected in advance
because the executed command will only work for the currently selected track. For
example performing a set of predefined Checks must be invoked twice - once for the
subtitles in the Main track and another for these in the Secondary track.
Quality Control or Fix Subtitles operations will executed simultaneously for both tracks
when performing automated conversion with the Watch Folder and Command Line
tools.

Exporting subtitles with two tracks

Projects with two subtitle tracks can currently be exported as Videotron Lambda CAP,
WebVTT (.vtt), DLP XML, DCDM (SMPTE 428-7) XML, TTML v.2 Timed Text, Apple iTunes
.itt, DVB, DVD Images and MS Excel (.xls, .xlsx) as well as they can be saved and preserved
in the EZTitles proprietary formats: .ezt and .eztxml.
Please mind that for all other available export formats, only the currently selected
subtitle track will be exported in the output file.

Forced Narratives

Subtitles in the secondary track can be also used as Forced Narratives. Currently, Forced
Narratives can be exported in the following formats: IMSC v.1 Timed Text, Netfilx Timed
Text, Applie iTunes Timed Text and as Blu-ray BDN XML and Images.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part XIII.
About subtitles in East Asian
languages
 Part XIII. About subtitles in East Asian languages 419

The following topic has the purpose of providing additional details about the specific and
unique attributes of the subtitles in East Asian languages.

Vertical Text

The text in the Japanese and Chinese writing systems can be oriented horizontally from
left to right or vertically from top to bottom. This, in return, means that subtitles in
these languages need to be able to re-create it too:

EZConvert supports subtitles with vertical text and also enables the conversion of the
display direction from horizontal to vertical by changing the Project Settings, as
explained earlier.

Ruby Characters and Bouten

Ruby characters, or simply Rubies, are small annotation characters placed above or to
the right of East Asian Text usually in Chinese or Japanese. They typically serve the
purpose of pronunciation guides for symbols that are likely to be unfamiliar to the
reader:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

420 EZConvert User Guide

In the above example, the base text stands for "Tokyo" written with kanji and the rubies
are in written hiragana, although they could be written in different writing scripts
according to the requirements of the particular language.
The image to left, on the other hand, clearly indicates how the text should be
pronounced.

Note: Bouten are special type of ruby characters used to emphasize parts of the text.
The type of Bouten that will be used can be modified from the Preferences menu prior
to importing a file in EZConvert
Ruby Position
Ruby's position is also very important, they can be inserted above or below horizontal
text or to the left or right of vertical text. The most commonly accepted practice,
however, is to position the Rubies according to the following rules:

Above Rubies are displayed above the base text in horizontal

subtitles and to the right of the base text in vertical
subtitles.
Below Rubies are displayed below the base text in horizontal
subtitles and to the left of the base text in vertical
subtitles.
AUTO The Auto option complies with the most commonly
(Outside) accepted by companies like Netflix rules:
§ For single line subtitle with horizontal direction –
position ruby above character;
§ For single line subtitle with vertical direction –
position ruby on right side of character;
§ If ruby is present on the second line of a two-line
horizontal subtitle – position ruby below ruby
base;
§ If ruby is present on the second line of a two-line
vertical subtitle – position ruby on left side of
ruby base.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XIII. About subtitles in East Asian languages 421

Ruby and bouten positions set by the "Auto" option are identical to those set by
tts:rubyPosition="outside" in Timed Text ver 2 specifications.
However, there's at least one distinct exception of this rule. According to Disney+
specifications and requirements ruby or bouten in one-line vertical subtitle aligned to the
left should be displayed to the Left side of the base text. So, when the delivery format is
going to be Disney+ Japanese IMSC 1.1 the position for those ruby or bouten characters
should be "Left" and not "Outside". Later on, you could always use the integrated Check
Subtitles and Fix Subtitles options to automatically locate and resolve any potential
positioning conflicts.

Ruby Alignment
Ruby Align (short from alignment) allows you to control ruby's position compared to
base text - in the center, spaced around all characters, spaced between all characters, at
the start or at the end of base text, as shown on the picture below:

The selected ruby alignment can be exported to:

TTML2 All positions are supported.

Images All positions are supported.
for
DVD/Blu-
ray
Images The two image based exports for Digital Cinema support
for Digital all positions.
Cinema:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

422 EZConvert User Guide

DLP XML
and
DCDM
IMSC 1.1 Supports only center and space around positions.
Netflix- Currently only center is supported.
TT,
Disney+,
Apple iTT

Exporting to a file that doesn't support specific ruby alignment will generate a Warning.
You can later use Check Subtitles to find all rubies with specific alignment or Fix Subtitles
to change alignment of all rubies in the file.

Horizontal Groups

The Horizontal Group is a group of characters which has to retain its horizontal
orientation in otherwise vertical subtitle:

There are certain requirements concerning the orientation for digits appearing among a
vertical text. It is widely accepted to display all the digits as a full-width characters
vertically oriented in the reading direction:

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XIII. About subtitles in East Asian languages 423

or rather as a horizontal group of half-width digits:

It is possible to change the display orientation of numbers inserted in vertical subtitles

by using the respective Fix Subtitles options as well as to check if there any numbers
incorrectly displayed by using the Check Subtitles.
In addition it is also possible to change the orientation of all subtitles from horizontal to
vertical by modifying the respective Text Direction options from the Project
Settings/Presentation menu.
Note: Vertical subtitles and ruby characters will be correctly preserved in the
.EZT, .EZTXML, subtitles for Digital Cinema as DLP Subtitle XML or DCDM (SMPTE 428-7-
207) XML, Videotron Lambda (.cap), WebVTT (.vtt), TTML v.2 Timed Text, IMSC 1.1 (.dfxp,
.xml), Apple iTunes Timed Text (.itt) formats and can be exported as DVD Images or DVB
subtitles.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

Part XIV.
Appendix A. ASCII File Format
used by EZConvert
 Part XIV. Appendix A. ASCII File Format used by EZConvert 425

0000 : 00:00:00:00 00:00:00:08

[L1]Top Gun
[L1](DVD - PAL)
[L1]STORY:
[L1]LANG: GBR
[L1]
[L1]
[]
[]

0001 : 01:24:40:01 01:24:43:16 CC 32

[C2]You'll also be trained and evaluated
[C2]by civilian specialists.
####This is a comment line

0002 : 01:24:43:20 01:24:48:14 LC 43 [hidden]

[C2]They are our best source of
[C2]information on enemy aircraft.

0003 : 01:24:48:18 01:24:54:04 CC 50

[C2]One of the most qualified is call sign
[C2]Charlie, with a Ph.D. in astrophysics.

0004 : 01:24:54:08 01:25:01:01 CC 60

[C2]Listen to her, because the Pentagon
[C2]listens to her about your proficiency.

0005 : 01:25:01:05 01:25:04:15 CC 30

[C2]<All yours, Charlie.>

Each subtitle consists of subtitle header and text lines. Both the subtitle header and text
lines must start on separate lines in the file.

Subtitle header
The subtitle header may contain several attributes, as explained below:
0002 : 01:24:43:20 01:24:48:14 LC 43 [hidden]

Subtitle number Can be present in different formats: 1, 01, 0001, etc.

EZConvert will also read and recognize inserted subtitles if
they are indicated by a number followed by a letter index like
for example 001a, 1476b, 3c and etc. The subtitle number is
optional attribute.
In- and Out-cues Must be present in SMPTE HH:MM:SS:FF format. The two
timecodes are separated by space.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

426 EZConvert User Guide

Justification Combination of justification and position codes. The first

character specifies the position of the whole subtitles text and
the second one represents the text justification. The possible
values are: L (left), C (center) or R (right). For example CL
indicates that the subtitle is center-left aligned (the block of
text is positioned at the center of the screen and the individual
lines are justified left). Optional attribute.
Maximum number The optimal number of characters calculated from the subtitle
of allowed duration and the reading speed parameters. Optional
characters attribute.
Note that this information is available only in .ezt files. If
another file format is imported the default parameters (9 cps)
for the reading speed will be used.
[Hidden] Placed at the end of the subtitle header indicates that the
particular subtitle is hidden. Optional attribute.

Text lines
Following the subtitle header are the actual text lines. Each text line starts at a new line.
The line could start with format information enclosed in square brackets "[ ]".
The format information indicates the row alignment (L - left, R - right, C - center) and the
font number - 1 or 2. Format information isn't mandatory.
Subtitles lacking these details will be loaded and displayed in EZConvert with the default
settings.
The subtitle's text itself may be indicated as italics by enclosing it inside angled brackets
"< >".
Lines starting with ## are considered as comments.
To make the text appear higher on the screen you may add square brackets [] on a new
line for each row the text has to be raised by.
Looking in the example above, the last subtitle "All yours, Charlie" will appear at the
bottom of the screen, but modifying it like:
0005 : 01:25:01:05 01:25:04:15 CC 30
[C2]<All yours, Charlie.>
[]
[]

will make EZConvert display it raised to the 3rd row.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 Part XIV. Appendix A. ASCII File Format used by EZConvert 427

Note: Zero Subtitle follows the same rules as all other subtitles but it must always has
the 0 subtitle number and respectively has to be inserted at the beginning of the file,
right below the File Header section.

C opy right © 2001-2015 E ZTitles Dev elopment S tudio Ltd.

 428 Index

Auto Center-left Aligned 36

Index Avid DS Nitris
Import 132
Text Script Export 239

-.-
-B-
.sub 130
Batch
conversion 408
-8- BBC 260
BluRay Images Export 307
890
BMP 307
File Export 219
Bouten 54, 369, 419
File Import 122
Box Color 28
Mode 19
Box Margins 28
Mode Fonts 26
Box Opacity 28
Boxed 36
- A-
Adobe Encore DVD -C-
DVD Images Export 307
Cap 96
Text Script Export 296
CCA 332
Text Script Import 155
CEA 608 320
Alignment
CEA-708 320
Center 36
CEA-708 Captions Expoty 333
Center-left 36
CEA-708 Captions Import 333
Left 36
Center-left alignment 36
Right 36
cfg 402, 411
Anti-aliasing 28
Change
Append 88
folder 391
files 57
Root 391
subtitles 57
Change Intervals 70
Apple DVD Studio Pro
Characters per Second 32
DVD Images Export 307
Check Subtitles 61
Text Script Export 294
Cinecanvas Subtitles Export 171
Text Script Import 153
CineCavas
Apple iTunes .itt
Import 95
Export 277
Closed Captions 320
Import 145
Checks 326
iTunes .itt 145, 277
Quality Control 326
ARTE 18
Closed Captions File Formats 319
EBU Export 168
Code Page 102
Open Subtitles 168
Command Line 396
Teletext Subtitles 168
Config edtor 411
ASCII
examples 408
File Format Used by EZTitles 425
parameters 397
ASCII Text
usage 408
Export 194
Conditional Use 210
Import 102
config 402, 411
Asian Text
Convert Frame Rates 44
Font 25
Convert Timecode Standards 44

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 Index 429

Custom File EBU for ARTE

Import 107 Export 168
Custom Text File 204 EBU TECH 260
Export 211, 213 EBU-TT 142
EBU TT 260

-D- EBU-TT-D
EBU TT D
142
260
editor 411
DAS
Import 126 Effects 28
Emphasis 54, 369, 419
DAS File
Export 233 Encoding 102
Error handling 408
DaVinci Resolve 290
Errors 408
DCDM
Export 176 Excel 213
Export 200
Import 94
Import 104
default interval 35
Excel Workbook
DFXP XML
Export 200
Export 252, 256, 282
Import 104
Import 139
Excel Worksheet
Digital Cinema
Export 200
Fonts 25
Import 104
Project Type 18
Export
Digital Cinema SMPTE 428-7 Subtitles
.sub 237
Export 176
890 219
Import 94
Adobe Encore DVD Text Script 296
Digital Television Closed Captions 333
Apple DVD Studio Pro Text Script 294
Discovery 150, 288
Apple iTunes .itt 277
Disney 146, 279
ASCII Text 194
Disney+ 146, 279
ASS (SubStation Alpha) 225
DLP
Avid DS Nitris 239
Export 171
CineCanvas DLP XML 171
Import 95
DAS File 233
DLP Cinema Subtitle XML Export 171
DCDM 176
DOC
Digital Cinema SMPTE 428-7 Subtitles 176
Export 197
DOC 197
File Import 103
DVD 57
Drop-Shadow 36
EBU (.stl) 164
DTV captions 333
EBU for ARTE 168
DVB Subtitles
Excel Workbook 200
DVB Subtitles for Manzanita MP2TSME 302
images 57
DVB Subtitles for ProMedia Carbon 302
IMSC 288
Generic DVB Subtitles 302
iTunes .it 277
DVD Authoring System 19
MicroDVD SUB 189
DVD Images Export 307
Netflix Timed Text 274
OVR 241
-E- PAC 218
QuickTime Text 202
EBU Rosetta 288
Export 164 Roxio DVDIt Text Script 300
Import 92 RTF 197
Timed Text 142

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 430 Index

Export
SIF 228
Softitler TXT File 235 -I-
SoftNI 237
IMCS 1.1 279
Sony DVD Architect Text Script 298
Import
Spruce STL Text Script 294
890 122
SSA (SubStation Alpha) 225
Adobe Encore Text Script 155
SubRip SRT 186
Apple DVD Studio Pro Text Script 153
subtitles 57
Apple iTunes .itt 145
Unicode Text 194
ASS (SubStation Alpha) 123
Win2020 ASCII File 223
Avid DS Nitris 132
Windows Media Player SAMI 191
CineCanvas DLP XML 95
Word DOC 197
DAS 126
Export Custom Text File 204 DCDM 94
Export Custom Text/RTF File 211, 213 DFXP XML 139
Export Preset 52 Digital Cinema SMPTE 428-7 Subtitles 94
Export Subtitles 161 EBU (.stl) 92
Export WebVTT 182 Excel Workbook 104
ezc5c 397 Final Cut Pro XML 152
Imsc 150
-F- iTunes .it
MicroDVD SUB
145
98
Final Cut Pro Netflix Timed Text 144
Final Cut Pro X 307 OVR 135
Import 152 PAC 118
Final Cut Pro 7 290 QuickTime Text 105
Final Cut Pro X Rosetta 150
FCPX 290 Roxio DVDIt 159
Final Cut Pro XML RTF 103
Export 290 SAMI 101
Import 152 SIF 124
Find 79, 82 Softitler Text 128
Find and Replace 374 SoftNI 130
Fix Intervals 70 Sony DVD Architect Text Script 157
Fix Subtitles 70 Spruce STL 153
Fonts 25 SRT 99
Forced Narrative 252, 256, 277, 307 SSA (SubStation Alpha) 123
Forced Narratives 274, 415 Text 102
Frame Rate Conversion 44 Timed Text 139
Unicode Text 102
VDPC 137
-G- Web Video Text Tracks 97
WebVTT 97
Go
Win2020 Text 120
to 86
Windows Media Player SAMI 101
Go To 79
Word DOC 103
XLS 104
-H- Import Preset 52
Import Subtitles 57, 88
HD-DVD Images Export 307 Import/Export Presets 52
IMSC 146

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 Index 431

IMSC 146 NFLX DFXP 274

Export 252 NO CHANGE 36
IMSC 1.1 146, 148 NONE/HD/NLE 19
Export 256
Input
Install
402
11
-O-
InterOP 95
Offset Times 58
Ooyala
-J- Export
Open Subtitles
282
88
Japanese 96, 256, 279 Outline 36
Jump Output 402
to 86 change 389
Override parameters 397

-L- OVR
Import 135
OVR Files
Lambda Cap 96
Export 241
LangaugeID 344
Language 344
License
Line 21
12
320
-P-
PAC
File Export 218
-M- File Import 118, 119
Import PAC 118
MacCaption 332
Mode 19
Manzanita MP2TSME 302
Mode Fonts 26
maximum duration 35
Unicode 119
MCC 333
Paramount
Metadata 344
pictures 287
MicroDVD Export 189
TTML 287
MicroDVD SUB Export 189
Paramount Pictures
MicroDVD SUB Import
Timed Text 149
SUB Import 98
TTML 149
migrate 392
Pinnacle Impression DVD 307
minimum duration 35
PNG 307
minimum interval 35
Pop-on 320
Mode 18
Presentation Style 36
MS Excel 213
Presets 52
MS Word 103
Progressive Reading Speed 32
Project Mode 18
-N- Project Settings 16
Cues 35
NBC 285 Effects 28
NBC Universal 148 Fonts 25
TTML 285 Minimum Interval 35
NBCUniversal 148 Mode 18
Netflix 18 Project Templates 41
Netflix Timed Text Project Type and Mode 18
Export 274 Reading Speed 32
Import 144 Safe Area 22

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 432 Index

Project Settings 16
Timecode Format 18
Type 18 -S-
Video Format 18
Safe Area Set 22
Project Templates 41
SAMI
Project Type 18 Export 191
Project Type and Mode 18 Import 101
ProMedia Carbon DVB 302
sample 402
SCC 320
-Q- Second
subtitle track 408
Quality Control 61 SIF
QuickTime Export 228
Import 105 Import 124
QuickTime SMIL SMIL
Export 202 Export 202
Import 105 Import 105
QuickTime Text SMPTE 428-7
Export 202 Export 176
Import 105 Import 94
SMPTE ST 2052-1:2010
Export 267
-R- Import 143
SMPTE-TT Captions
Reading Speed 32
Export 337
Characters per Second 32
Setting 32 SMPTE-TT Subtitles
Export 267
Words per Minute 32
Import 143
Recut 58
Softitler Text
Registration 12
Import 128
Regular expressions 82
Softitler TXT File
Replace 79, 85
Export 235
replacement 374
SoftNI
Rich Text Format
Export 237
File Export 197
Import 130
File Import 103
Sonic Reel DVD/ Scenarist 307
Right to Left 25
Sonic Scenarist Advanced Content 307
Right to Left reorder
reverse punctuation 186, 189 Sonic Scenarist HDMV Authoring 307
Sony DVD Architect Subtitle Script
Roll-up 320
Text Script Export 298
Root
Text Script Import 157
folder 391
Spruce DVD Maestro 307
Roxio DVDIt Pro Subtitle Script
Text Script Export 300 Spruce STL
Text Script Export 294
Text Script Import 159
Text Script Import 153
RP 2052-10:2012
Export 337 SRT 99
SRT Export 186
RTF
File Export 197 SUB
Export 243
File Import 103
Import 134
MS Word RTF 197
SUB Export 189
Ruby 182

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 Index 433

SubRip
SRT Export 186
SRT Import 99 -V-
SubStation Alpha
VDPC
Export ASS 225
Import 137
Export SSA 225
Vertical Subtitles 182
Import ASS 123
Videotron 96
Import SSA 123
vtt
Swift Export 182
Export 228
Import 97
Import 124

-T- -W-
Warner
Table 211, 213 Bros 150, 288
TeleCap I 320
Watch Folder 392
TeleCap II 320 description 353, 381
Teletext destination 389
Export EBU (.stl) 164
destination folder 389
Import EBU (.stl) 92
details 381
Level 1 164
E-mail configuration 358
Level 2 164
Management Application 360
Project Type 18
Notifications by e-mail 381
Templates 41 Post Convert Event 379
Text Root 391
replace 374
Send e-mail 381
Text Color 28 Settings 358
Text Export 204, 211, 213 source 388
Text File source folder 388
Import 107
User notes 381
Text replace 85
Watch Folder Commands 355
TIFF 307
Watch Folder Configuration
Time to Build 325 Check subtitles before export 378
Timecode Conversion 18, 44 Checks 378
Timed Text 285, 287 Fix Subtitles 376
EBU 260
Frame Rate Convert 370
emphasis 248
General 363
Import 139
Notifications by e-mail 381
ruby 248
Output Settings 369
ver.2 248
Post Convert Event 379
Toshiba DVD Authoring System 307 Project Type 369
Type 18 Quality Control 378
Recut by timecode segments 370
-U- Segments
Send e-mail
370
381
Ultech DV2000 307 Timecode Convert 370
UNICODE Text Video Format 369
Export 194 Zero Subtitle 377
Import 102 Watch Folder Menu 355
Using EZConvert 13 Watches Check Interval 358
UYC 307 Web Video Text Tracks 182

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.

 434 Index

WebVTT
Export 182
Import 97
Wildcards 79, 82
Win2020
Import 120
Win2020 ASCII File
Export 223
Windows Media Player SAMI
Export 191
Import 101
Word DOC
File Import 103
Words per Minute 32
Workflow
backup 392
Concepts 384
Configure 385

-X-
XLS 213
Export 200
Import 104
XLSX Export 200
XLSX Import 104
XML Subtitles
DLP XML Export 171
DLP XML Import 95

Copyright © 2001-2015 EZTitles Development Studio Ltd.